Oligonucleotide analogues, methods of synthesis and methods of use

ABSTRACT

The present invention relates generally to oligonucleotide analogues that include novel protein nucleic acid molecules (PNAs), particularly monomers, dimers, oligomers thereof and methods of making and using these oligonucleotide analogues. The PNAs of the present invention are characterized as including a variety of classes of molecules, such as, for example, hydroxyproline peptide nucleic acids (HypNA), and serine peptide nucleic acids (SerNA). The invention includes monomers, homodimers, heterodimers, homopolymers and heteropolymers of these and other oligonucleotide analogues. The present invention includes methods of using these oligonucleotide analogues in the detection and separating of nucleic acid molecules, including uses that include the utilization of oligonucleotide analogues on a solid support. The present invention also includes methods for purifying or separating nucleic acids, such as mRNA molecules, by hybridization with the oligonucleotides of the present invention. The present invention also includes the use of oligonucleotides of the present invention in antisense and homologous recombination constructs and methods.

This application claims benefit of priority to U.S. provisionalapplication No. 60/189,190, filed Mar. 14, 2000, herein incorporated byreference, from U.S. provisional application No. 60/250,334, filed Nov.30, 2000, also herein incorporated by reference, this application is acontinuation in part of PCT application US01/08111, WO 01/68673, filedMar. 13, 2001, incorporated by reference, and a continuation in part ofU.S. application Ser. No. 09/805,296, entitled “OligonucleotideAnalogues, Methods of Synthesis, and Methods of Use” filed Mar. 13,2001, herein incorporated by reference.

TECHNICAL FIELD

The present invention relates to the field of nucleotide andoligonucleotide analogues, their synthesis and use.

BACKGROUND

The use of oligonucleotides for use as probes, primers, linkers,adapters, and antisense agents has been a core element in the field ofmolecular biology over the past twenty years. Modifications ofoligonucleotides have been made to enhance their use as capture anddetection probes (for example, the incorporation of biotin, digoxigenen,radioisotopes, fluorescent labels such as fluorescein, reportermolecules such as alkaline phosphatase, etc.). Modifications have alsobeen made to the phosphodiester backbone of nucleic acid molecules toincrease their stability. Such modifications involve the use of methylphosphonates, phosphorothioates, phophorodithioates, 2′-methyl ribose,etc. Other modifications of oligonucleotides have been attempted toincrease their cellular uptake or distribution.

A growing class of molecules known as “peptide nucleic acids” (PNAs)resulted from a modification that substituted an amide-linked backbonefor the phosphodiester-sugar backbone. One such amide-linked backbone isbased on N-(2-aminoethyl) glycine, in which each naturally ornon-naturally occurring nucleobase is attached to a N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine unit, and the N-(2-aminoethyl) glycine units are linked togetherthrough peptide bonds (see, for example, WO 92/20702; U.S. Pat. No.5,773,571 issued Jun. 30, 1998 to Nielsen et al. and U.S. Pat. No.5,539,082 issued Jul. 23, 1996 to Nielsen et al.). The polyamidebackbone of PNAs is resistant to both nucleases and proteases.

These nucleic acid analogues can bind both DNA and RNA by Watson-Crickbase. pairing to form PNA/DNA or PNA/RNA duplexes that have greaterthermal stability than corresponding DNA/DNA or DNA/RNA duplexes. Unlikethe stability of DNA/DNA or DNA/RNA duplexes, the stability of PNA/DNAor PNA/RNA duplexes is nearly independent of salt concentration. Inaddition, PNAs bind nucleic acid molecules with greater affinity thanDNA or RNA. This is apparent by an 8 to 20 degree drop in meltingtemperature when a single mismatch is introduced into a PNA/DNA duplex.

An additional feature of PNAs is that homopyrimidine PNAs have beenshown to bind complementary DNA or RNA to form (PNA)₂/DNA(RNA) triplehelices of high thermal stability. Homopyrimidine PNAs can bind to bothsingle-stranded and double-stranded DNA (or RNA). The binding of twosingle-stranded pyrimidine PNAs to a double-stranded DNA takes place viastrand displacement. When PNA strands invade double-stranded DNA, onestrand of the DNA is displaced and forms a loop on the side of the(PNA)₂/DNA complex area. The other strand of the DNA is locked up in the(PNA)₂/DNA triplex structure. The loop area (known as a D loop), beingsingle-stranded, is susceptible to cleavage by enzymes or reagents thatcan cleave single-stranded DNA.

One drawback of PNAs is their reduced solubility with respect tonaturally occurring nucleic acids. Modifications to PNAs to increasetheir solubility, binding affinity, and specificity have been introduced(see, for example, U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,714,331; 5,736,336; 5,766,855;5,719,262; 5,786,461; 5,977,296; 6,015,887; and 6,107,470). One suchmodification is the use of phosphoester bonds in the backbone of nucleicacid analogues, as disclosed by (Efimov, et al. (1996) Collect. Czech.Chem. Commun. 61: S262-S264; van der Laan et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 37:7857-7860 (1996)). However, these “phosphono PNAs” or “pPNAs” is thatthey exhibit reduced binding affinity with respect to polyamide or“classical” PNAs.

A common goal in discovery research is identifying genes that areexpressed under particular conditions and determining their function.Identification of expressed genes can be used to discover pharmaceuticaltargets or develop therapeutic strategies. These objectives are oftenfrustrated by the difficulties encountered in isolating RNA transcriptsand in obtaining corresponding cDNA clones to particular RNA transcriptsthat are underrepresented in preparations of messenger RNA and cDNAlibraries. Such under-representation can be due to the difficulty inisolating RNA molecules that have short poly A tails or lack poly Atails, or that have secondary structure at their 3′ ends, all of whichcan confound capture of the RNA molecules by hybridization to oligo Tprobes. In other cases, the inability to identify a cDNA correspondingto an expressed RNA transcript can be due to the low frequency of cDNAclones corresponding to nonabundant RNAs in cDNA libraries.

There is a need to provide nucleic acid analogues that are stable tonucleases and proteases, that have high binding affinity, bindingspecificity, and solubility, that are relatively simple to synthesize,and can be used in a variety of applications. In particular, improvedmethods for the isolation of RNA transcripts and corresponding cDNAswould increase the efficiency of identifying genes that participate in awide variety of biological functions. The present invention providesthese and other benefits.

BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE FIGURES

FIG. 1 depicts some preferred oligonucleotide analogue monomers of thepresent invention: a HypNA monomer (I) carrying the DMTr hydroxylprotecting group, a Hyp-1NA monomer (II) carrying the DMTr hydroxylprotecting group and the catalytic 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloylphosphonate protecting group, a Hyp-2NA monomer (III) carrying the DMTrhydroxyl protecting group and the catalytic1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloyl phosphonate protecting group, a pPNA-Ar1monomer (IV) carrying the MMTr amino protecting group and the catalytic1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloyl phosphonate protecting group, and a SerNAmonomer (V), carrying the DMTr hydroxyl protecting group.

FIG. 2 depicts some preferred oligonucleotide analogue dimers of thepresent invention: a HypNA-PNA dimer (VI) carrying the DMTr hydroxylprotecting group, a PNA-HypNA dimer (VII) carrying the MMTr aminoprotecting group, a HypNA-pPNA dimer (VIII) carrying the DMTr hydroxylprotecting group and the catalytic 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloylphosphonate protecting group, a pPNA-HypNA dimer (IX) carrying the MMTramino protecting group and the catalytic 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloylphosphonate protecting group, a SerNA-pPNA dimer (X) carrying the DMTrhydroxyl protecting group and the catalytic1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloyl phosphonate protecting group, and apPNA-SerNA dimer (XI) carrying the MMTr amino protecting group and thecatalytic 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloyl phosphonate protecting group.

FIG. 3 depicts some preferred oligonucleotide analogue oligomers of thepresent invention: a) pPNA-HypNA (XII) and pPNA-SerNA (XIII), and b)acrylamide-coupled pPNA-HypNA (XIV) and acrylamide-coupled pPNA-SerNA(XV).

FIG. 4 depicts hybridization properties of oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention. a) shows the variation in melting temperature(Tm, x-axis) with the number of HypNA monomers (y-axis) in a HypNA-pPNApoly T 16-mer of the present invention. b) shows the formation of triplehelices with a poly dA 16-mer by adding increasing amounts ofoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention poly T 16-mers,monitored by the change in absorbance at 260 nm (y-axis).Oligonucleotide analogues 1) pPNA-HypNA (1:1); 2, pPNA-SerNA (1:1); 3,pPNA; 4, PNA-pPNA (1:1); 5, PNA; and 6) PNA-HypNA (1:1) were in 0.1 MNaCl, 20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7, 10 mM MgCl₂.

FIG. 5 depicts linkers used in some preferred clamping oligonucleotidesof the present invention.

FIG. 6 depicts schemes for synthesizing an oligonucleotide analogue ofthe present invention coupled to polyacrylamide.

FIG. 7 depicts a method for detecting a nucleic acid sequence using anoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention coupled to acylamideusing sandwich hybridization.

FIG. 8 depicts an acrylamide gel having incorporated oligonucleotideanalogues used for capture of nucleic acid molecules. The followingnucleic acids were electrophoresed through the gel: Lane 1,complementary target deoxyribooligonucleotide, Lanes 2 and 6: mismatchedtarget deoxyribonucleotide, Lane 3: complementary targetribooligonucleotide, Lane 4: mismatched target ribooligonucleotide, Lane5: mixture of complementary and mismatched targetdeoxyribooligonucleotides.

SUMMARY

The present invention relates generally to oligonucleotide analoguesthat include novel protein nucleic acid molecules (PNAs), particularlymonomers, dimers, oligomers thereof and methods of making and usingthese oligonucleotide analogues. The PNAs of the present invention arecharacterized as including a variety of classes of molecules, such as,for example, hydroxyproline peptide nucleic acids (HypNA), and serinepeptide nucleic acids (SerNA). The invention includes monomers,homodimers, heterodimers, homopolymers and heteropolymers of these andother oligonucleotide analogues. The present invention includes methodsof using these oligonucleotide analogues in the detection and separatingof nucleic acid molecules, including uses that include the utilizationof oligonucleotide analogues on a solid support. The present inventionalso includes methods for purifying or separating nucleic acids, such asmRNA molecules, by hybridization with the oligonucleotides of thepresent invention. The present invention also includes the use ofoligonucleotides of the present invention in antisense and homologousrecombination constructs and methods.

DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION

Definitions

Unless defined otherwise, all technical and scientific terms used hereinhave the same meaning as commonly understood by one of ordinary skill inthe art to which this invention belongs. Generally, the nomenclatureused herein and the laboratory procedures in organic chemistry,chemistry, molecular biology, microbiology, cell biology, and cellculture described below are well known and commonly employed in the art.Conventional methods are used for these procedures, such as thoseprovided in the art and various general references (Sambrook et al.,Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd edition, Cold Spring HarborPress, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989); Ausubel et al., CurrentProtocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley and Sons (1998); Harlowe andLane, Antibodies, a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor Press (1988));Agrawal, ed. Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 20: Protocols forOligonucleotides and Analogues, Humana Press (1994); and Agrawal, ed.Methods in Molecular Biology, Vol. 26: Protocols for OligonucleotideConjugates, Humana Press (1994). Where a term is provided in thesingular, the inventors also contemplate the plural of that term. Thenomenclature used herein and the laboratory procedures described beloware those well known and commonly employed in the art. As employedthroughout the disclosure, the following terms, unless otherwiseindicated, shall be understood to have the following meanings:

An “organism” can be any prokaryote or eukaryote, and includes viruses,protozoans, and metazoans. Metazoans include vertebrates andinvertebrates. “Organism” can also refer to more than one species thatare found in association with one another, such as mycoplasm-infectedcells, a plasmodium-infected animal, etc.

A “sample” is any fluid from which components are to be separated oranalyzed. A sample can be from any source, such as an organism, group oforganisms from the same or different species, from the environment, suchas from a body of water or from the soil, or from a food source or anindustrial source. A sample can be an unprocessed or a processed sample.A sample can be a gas, a liquid, or a semi-solid, and can be a solutionor a suspension. A sample can be an extract, for example a liquidextract of a soil or food sample, an extract of a throat or genitalswab, or an extract of a fecal sample.

“Subject” refers to any organism, such as an animal or a human. Ananimal can include any animal, such as a feral animal, a companionanimal such as a dog or cat, an agricultural animal such as a pig or acow, or a pleasure animal such as a horse.

A “nucleic acid molecule” is an oligonucleotide. A nucleic acid moleculecan be DNA, RNA, or a combination of both. A nucleic acid molecule canalso include sugars other than ribose and deoxyribose incorporated intothe backbone, and thus can be other than DNA or RNA. A nucleic acid cancomprise nucleobases that are naturally occurring or that do not occurin nature, such as xanthine, derivatives of nucleobases such as2-aminoadenine and the like. A nucleic acid molecule of the presentinvention can have linkages other than phosphodiester linkages. Anucleic acid molecule can be of any length, and can be single-strandedor double-stranded, or partially single-stranded and partiallydouble-stranded.

A “probe oligonucleotide analogue” is an oligonucleotide analogue thatis at least partially single-stranded, and that is at least partiallycomplementary, or at least partially substantially complementary, to atarget sequence or sequence of interest. A probe oligonucleotideanalogue can comprise detectable labels or specific binding members, andcan be directly or indirectly bound to other moieties, for example apolymer or a solid support.

A single-stranded nucleic acid molecule is “complementary” to anothersingle-stranded nucleic acid molecule when it can base-pair (hybridize)with all or a portion of the other nucleic acid molecule to form adouble helix (double-stranded nucleic acid molecule), based on theability of guanine (G) to base pair with cytosine (C) and adenine (A) tobase pair with thymine (T) or uridine (U). For example, the nucleotidesequence 5′-TATAC-3′ is completely complementary to the nucleotidesequence 5′-GTATA-3′.

“Substantially complementary” refers to nucleic acids that willselectively hybridize to one another under particular conditions, or toan oligonucleotide analogue and a nucleic acid molecule that willselectively hybridize to one another under particular conditions, butmay contain mismatched bases at one or more positions.

“Partially complementary” or “complementary in part” refers to a pair ofnucleic acid molecules that have stretches of sequence that arecomplementary and at least one of the nucleic acid molecules has atleast one stretch of sequence that is not complementary to the othernucleic acid molecule of the pair.

“Selectively hybridize” refers to detectable specific binding.Polynucleotides, oligonucleotides, oligonucleotide analogues, andfragments thereof selectively hybridize to target nucleic acid strands,under hybridization and wash conditions that minimize appreciableamounts of detectable binding to nonspecific nucleic acids. Highstringency conditions can be used to achieve selective hybridizationconditions as known in the art. Generally, the nucleic acid sequencecomplementarity between the polynucleotides, oligonucleotides,oligonucleotide analogues, and fragments thereof and a nucleic acidsequence of interest will be at least 30%, and more typically andpreferably of at least 40%, 50%, 60%, 70%, 80%, 90%, and can be 100%.Conditions for hybridization such as salt concentration, temperature,detergents, and denaturing agents such as formamide can be varied toincrease the stringency of hybridization, that is, the requirement forexact matches of C to base pair with G, and A to base pair with T or U,along the strand of nucleic acid.

“Corresponds to” refers to an oligonucleotide sequence oroligonucleotide analogue sequence that shares identity (for example isidentical) to all or a portion of a reference oligonucleotide oroligonucleotide analogue sequence. In contradistinction, the term“complementary to” is used herein to mean that the complementarysequence will base pair with all or a portion of a referenceoligonucleotide or oligonucleotide analogue sequence. For illustration,the nucleotide sequence 5′-TATAC-3′ corresponds to a reference sequence5′-TATAC-3′ and is complementary to a reference sequence 5′-GTATA-3′.

“Sequence identity” or “identical” means that two oligonucleotide oroligonucleotide analogue nucleobase sequences are identical (forexample, on a nucleotide [or nucleotide analogue]-by-nucleotide [ornucleotide analogue] basis) over the window of comparison. “Partialsequence identity” or “partial identity” means that a portion of thenucleobase sequence of a nucleic acid molecule or oligonucleotideanalogue molecule is identical to at least a portion of the sequence ofanother nucleic acid molecule or oligonucleotide analogue molecule.

“Substantial identity” or “substantially identical” as used hereindenotes a characteristic of an oligonucleotide or oligonucleotideanalogue nucleobase sequence, wherein the oligonucleotide oroligonucleotide analogue comprises a sequence that has at least 30percent sequence identity, preferably at least 50 to 60 percent sequenceidentity, more usually at least 60 percent sequence identity as comparedto a reference sequence over a comparison window of at least 20nucleotide positions, frequently over a window of at least 25 to 50nucleotides, wherein the percentage of sequence identity is calculatedby comparing the reference sequence to the oligonucleotide oroligonucleotide analogue sequence that may include deletions or additionwhich total 20 percent or less of the reference sequence over the windowof comparison. “Substantial partial sequence identity” or “substantiallypartially identical” is used when a portion of a nucleic acid moleculeor oligonucleotide analogue is substantially identical to at least aportion of another nucleic acid molecule or oligonucleotide analogue. Asused herein “identity” or “identical” refers to the base composition ofnucleic acids and oligonucleotide analogues, and not to the compositionof other components, such as the backbone.

A “detectable label” or “label” is a compound or molecule that can bedetected, or that can generate a readout, such as fluorescence,radioactivity, color, chemiluminescence or other readouts known in theart or later developed. The readouts can be based on fluorescence, suchas by fluorescent labels, such as but not limited to, ethidium bromide,ethidium homodimer, SYBR Green II, acridine orange, pyrene,4-nitro-1,8-naphthalimide, TOTO-1, YOYO-1, cyanine 3 (Cy3), cyanine 5(Cy5), phycoerythrin, phycocyanin, allophycocyanin, FITC, rhodamine,fluorescein, 5(6)-carboxyfluorescein, or lanthamides; by flourescentproteins such as red fluorescent protein drFP583 (DsRed) and itsvariants, blue fluorescent protein from Vibrio vulnificus (BFPVV) andits variants, green fluorescent protein (GFP) and its variants, etc.,can be based on enzymatic or chemical activity, such as, but not limitedto, the activity of beta-galactosidase, beta-lactamase, horseradishperoxidase, alkaline phosphatase, luciferase, or solutions thatprecipitate metal salts, such as silver salts (e.g., silver nitrate); orcan be based on radioisotopes (such as ³³P, ³H, ¹⁴C, ³⁵S, ¹²⁵I, ³²P or¹³¹I). A label optionally can be a base with modified mass, such as, forexample, pyrimidines modified at the C5 position or purines modified atthe N7 position. Mass modifying groups can be, for examples, halogen,ether or polyether, alkyl, ester or polyester, or of the general typeXR, wherein X is a linking group and R is a mass-modifying group. One ofskill in the art will recognize that there are numerous possibilitiesfor mass-modifications useful in modifying nucleic acid molecules andoligonucleotides, including those described in Oligonucleotides andAnalogues: A Practical Approach, Eckstein, ed. (1991) and inPCT/US94/001 93.

“Label” or “labeled” refers to incorporation of a detectable marker, forexample by incorporation of a fluorescent or radiolabled compound orattachment of moieties such as biotin that can be detected by thebinding of a second moiety, such as marked avidin. Various methods oflabeling nucleic acids, peptides, proteins, and peptide nucleic acidsare known in the art.

A “mutation” is a change in the genome with respect to the standardwild-type sequence. Mutations can be deletions, insertions, orrearrangements of nucleic acid sequences at a position in the genome, orthey can be single base changes at a position in the genome, referred toas “point mutations”. Mutations can be inherited, or they can occur inone or more cells during the lifespan of an individual.

“Operably linked” refers to a juxtaposition wherein the components sodescribed are in a relationship permitting them to function in theirintended manner. For example, a control sequence operably linked to acoding sequence is positioned in such a way that expression of thecoding sequence is achieved under conditions compatible with controlsequences.

A “sequence of interest” or “target nucleic acid molecule” is a nucleicacid sequence that can be separated, isolated, or purified, or whosepresence or amount can be detected in one or more subjects, samples, orpopulations of nucleic acid molecules, by the methods of the presentinvention.

A “population of nucleic acid molecules” is a population of at least twonucleic acid molecules that are to be tested for the presence or amount(including relative amount) of a sequence of interest or from which asequence of interest can be separated, isolated, or purified. Apopulation of nucleic acid molecules can be DNA, RNA, or both. A surveypopulation of nucleic acid molecules can be from any source, such as ahuman source, animal source, plant source, or microbial source. Thesurvey population can be isolated from tissue (including but not limitedto hair, blood, serum, amniotic fluid, semen, urine, saliva, throat orgenital swabs, biopsy samples, or autopsy samples) or cells, includingcells grown in culture, and can be isolated from living or nonlivingsamples or subjects. The survey population can be isolated frominanimate material, remnants or artifacts, including fossilizedmaterial.

“Hybridization” is the process of base-pairing of single-strandednucleic acids or nucleic acid analogues, or single-stranded portions ofnucleic acids or nucleic acid analogues, to create double-stranded ortriplex nucleic acids or nucleic acid analogues (or mixtures thereof) ordouble-stranded or triplex portions of nucleic acid molecules or nucleicacid analogues (or mixtures thereof).

A “nucleolytic activity” or “nucleolytic agent” is an activity that cancleave nucleosidic bonds to degrade nucleic acid molecules. Nucleolyticactivities or agents can be enzymes, such as, for example, Dnase I,Exonuclease III, Mung Bean Nuclease, S1 Nuclease, RNAse H, or Rnase A,or can be chemical compounds, such as hydrogen peroxide, osmiumtetroxide, hydroxylamine, or potassium permanganate, or can be chemicalconditions, such as high or low pH.

An “immobilized oligonucleotide analogue” is an oligonucleotide analoguethat is bound to a solid support. An immobilized oligonucleotideanalogue can be of any length, can be single-stranded or part of amolecule that is double-stranded, or part of a molecule that ispartially single-stranded and partially double-stranded. The immobilizedoligonucleotide analogue can be reversibly or irreversibly bound to thesolid support. The binding to the solid support can be direct orindirect.

A “signal oligonucleotide analogue” is a oligonucleotide analoguemolecule that is at least partially single-stranded, and that is atleast partially complementary, or at least partially substantiallycomplementary, or at least partially identical, or at least partiallysubstantially identical to a sequence of interest or target nucleic acidmolecule. A signal oligonucleotide analogue preferably comprises adetectable label.

A “single nucleotide polymorphism” or “SNP” is a position in a nucleicacid sequence that differs in base composition in nucleic acids isolatedfrom different individuals of the same species.

A “solid support” is a solid material having a surface for attachment ofmolecules, compounds, cells, or other entities. The surface of a solidsupport can be flat or not flat. A solid support can be porous ornon-porous. A solid support can be a chip or array that comprises asurface, and that may comprise glass, silicon, nylon, polymers,plastics, ceramics, or metals. A solid support can also be a membrane,such as a nylon, nitrocellulose, or polymeric membrane, or a plate ordish and can be comprised of glass, ceramics, metals, or plastics, suchas, for example, a 96-well plate made of, for example, polystyrene,polypropylene, polycarbonate, or polyallomer. A solid support can alsobe a bead or particle of any shape, and is preferably spherical ornearly spherical, and preferably a bead or particle has a diameter ormaximum width of 1 millimeter or less, more preferably of between 0.1 to100 microns. Such particles or beads can be comprised of any suitablematerial, such as glass or ceramics, and/or one or more polymers, suchas, for example, nylon, polytetrafluoroethylene, TEFLON™, polystyrene,polyacrylamide, sepaharose, agarose, cellulose, cellulose derivatives,or dextran, and/or can comprise metals, particularly paramagneticmetals, such as iron.

“Specific binding member” is one of two different molecules having anarea on the surface or in a cavity that specifically binds to and isthereby defined as complementary with a particular spatial and polarorganization of the other molecule. A specific binding member can be amember of an immunological pair such as antigen-antibody, biotin-avidin,hormone-hormone receptor, nucleic acid duplexes, IgG-protein A, DNA-DNA,DNA-RNA, and the like.

“Substantially linear” means that, when graphed, the increase in theproduct with respect to time conforms to a linear progression, orconforms more nearly to an arithmetic progression than to a geometricprogression.

An “oligonucleotide” is a nucleic acid molecule composed of at least twonucleotide residues, or monomers.

An “oligonucleotide analogue” is a molecule that is not a naturallyoccurring nucleic acid such as DNA or RNA, but that comprises at leasttwo nucleobases attached to a backbone comprised of repeating units thatcan be linked together by one or more phosphodiester, phosphoester,amide, ester, or other linkages. An oligonucleotide analogue can haveany base composition, and can comprise intercalators, reporter groups,detectable labels, or specific binding members.

A “peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA” is a nucleic acid analogue havingnucleobases such as those of DNA or RNA, or analogues or derivativesthereof, and a backbone that comprises amino acids or derivatives oranalogues thereof. A peptide amino acid can have a backbone based onN-(2-aminoethyl)glycine (“classical PNA” or “classical” PNA or“classical” peptide nucleic acid) or derivatives thereof, whereinmonomer units of the PNA are linked by peptide bonds, or can compriseother amino acids and amino acid derivatives in its backbone structurethat may or may not comprise amide bonds.

A “phosphono-peptide nucleic acid” or “pPNA” is a peptide nucleic acidin which the backbone comprises amino acid analogues, such asN-(2-hydroxyethyl)phosphonoglycine or N-(2-aminoethyl)phosphonoglycine,and the linkages between monomer units are through phosphonoester orphosphonoamide bonds.

A “serine nucleic acid” or “SerNA” is a peptide nucleic acid in whichthe backbone comprises serine residues. Such residues can be linkedthrough amide or ester linkages.

A “hydroxyproline nucleic acid” or “HypNA” is a peptide nucleic acid inwhich the backbone comprises 4-hydroxyproline residues. Such residuescan be linked through amide or ester linkages.

A “peptide nucleic acid-phosphono-peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA-pPNA” or“pPNA-PNA” is a peptide nucleic acid that comprises both “classical”peptide nucleic acid and phosphono-peptide nucleic acid backboneresidues. A peptide nucleic acid-phosphono-peptide nucleic acid cancomprise amide and phosphonoester backbone linkages.

A “peptide nucleic acid-hydroxyproline nucleic acid” or “PNA-HypNA” or“HypNA-PNA” is a peptide nucleic acid that comprises both “classical”peptide nucleic acid and hydroxyproline nucleic acid backbone residues.A peptide nucleic acid-hydroxyproline nucleic acid can comprise amideand ester backbone linkages.

A “hydroxyproline nucleic acid-phosphono-peptide nucleic acid” or“pPNA-HypNA” or “HypNA-pPNA” is a peptide nucleic acid that comprisesboth phoshono-peptide nucleic acid and hydroxyproline nucleic acidbackbone residues. A hydroxyproline nucleic acid-phosphono-peptidenucleic acid can comprise amide and phosphonoester backbone linkages.

A “serine nucleic acid-peptide nucleic acid” or “PNA-SerNA” or“SerNA-PNA” is a peptide nucleic acid that comprises both “classical”peptide nucleic acid and serine nucleic acid backbone residues. A serinenucleic acid-peptide nucleic acid can comprise amide and ester backbonelinkages.

A “serine nucleic acid-phosphono-peptide nucleic acid” or “pPNA-SerNA”or “SerNA-pPNA” is a peptide nucleic acid that comprises bothphosphono-peptide nucleic acid and serine nucleic acid backboneresidues. A serine nucleic acid-phosphono-peptide nucleic acid cancomprise amide and phosphonoester backbone linkages.

A “monomer” of a nucleic acid analogue is a unit comprising anucleobase, or a derivative or analogue thereof (or, in some instances,moieties such as labels, intercalators, or nucleobase binding moieties)covalently linked to a backbone molecule that is capable of covalentlylinking to other backbone molecules to form a polymer. The monomer unitof a nucleic acid is a nucleotide or nucleoside, in which a nucleobaseis attached to a sugar-phosphate backbone moiety. The monomer unit of apeptide nucleic acid is a nucleobase (or nucleobase analogue,nucleobase-binding group, ligand, intercalator, reporter group, orlabel) that is covalently attached to an amino acid or amino acidderivative or analogue.

A “dimer” is a unit of two covalently linked monomers. Where themonomers comprise different backbone moieties, a dimer can be, forexample, a “HypNA-PNA dimer”, or a “SerNA-pPNA dimer”.

A “protecting group” is a chemical group, that when bound to a secondchemical group on a moiety, prevents the second chemical group fromentering into particular chemical reactions. A wide range of protectinggroups are known in synthetic organic and bioorganic chemistry that aresuitable for particular chemical groups and are compatible withparticular chemical processes, meaning that they will protect particulargroups during those processes.

A “nucleobase” is a heterocyclic base such as adenine, guanine,cytosine, thymine, uracil, inosine, xanthine, hypoxanthine, or aheterocyclic derivative, analogue, or tautomer thereof. A nucleobase canbe naturally occurring or non-naturally occurring. Nonlimiting examplesof nucleobases are adenine, guanine, thymine, cytosine, uracil,xanthine, hypoxanthine, 8-azapurine, purines substituted at the 8position with methyl or bromine, 9-oxo-N⁶-methyladenine, 2-aminoadenine,7-deazaxanthine, 7-deazaguanine, 7-deazaadenine, N⁴, N⁴-ethanocytosine,2,6-diaminopurine, N⁶, N⁶-ethano-2,6-diaminopurine, 5-methylcytosine,5-(C³-C⁶)-alkynylcytosine, 5-fluorouracil, 5-bromouracil, thiouracil,pseudoisocytosine, 2-hydroxy-5-methyl-4-triazolopyridine, isocytosine,isoguanine, inosine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, and the non-naturallyoccurring nucleobases described in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,432,272 and6,150,510 and PCT applications WO 92/002258, WO 93/10820, WO 94/22892,and WO 94/24144, all herein incorporated by reference in theirentireties.

As used herein, “backbone molecule” or “backbone moiety” is a moleculeor moiety to which nucleobases, nucleobase derivatives or analogues,intercalators, specific binding members, labels, or nucleobase bindingmolecules can be covalently attached, and that when covalently joined ina linear fashion to other backbone molecules, can form an oligomer.Backbone molecules of naturally occurring nucleic acids includepentose-phospate units linked together by phosphodiester bonds. Backbonemolecules of “classical PNAs” include N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine, andbackbone molecules of “phosphonoPNAs” includeN-(2-hydroxyethyl)phosphonoglycine or N-(2-aminoethyl)phosphonoglycine.Backbone molecules of “HypNAs” include L-hydoxyproline, of serinenucleic acids include L-serine, etc. Backbone molecules of nucleic acidanalogues can be linked together by any of a number of types of covalentbonds, including, but not limited to, ester, phosphoester,phosponoester, phosponamide, and amide bonds.

A “linker” is a molecule or moiety that joins two molecules or moietiesof interest. Preferably, a linker provides spacing between the twomolecules or moieties of interest such that they are able to function intheir intended manner. For example, a linker can comprise a hydrocarbonchain that is covalently bound through a reactive group on one end to anoligonucleotide analogue molecule and through a reactive group onanother end to a solid support, such as, for example, a glass surface.In this way the oligonucleotide analogue is not directly bound to theglass surface but can be positioned at some distance from the glasssurface. A linker can also join two oligonucleotide analogue sequencesin a linear fashion to provide optimal spacing between the twooligonucleotide analogue sequences such that they can form a “clamping”oligonucleotide analogue, as described in U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,750 issuedDec. 21, 1999 to Frank-Kamenetskii et al. Preferably, where a linker isattached to an oligonucleotide analogue, a linker is nonreactive with anoligonucleotide analogue and another molecule or moiety to which thelinker is attached. Linkers can be chosen and designed based on theconditions under which they will be used, for example, soluble linkerswill be preferred in many aspects of the present invention. Nonlimitingexamples of linkers that can be useful in the present invention aredioxaoctanoic acid and its derivatives and analogues, and the linkersdepicted in FIGS. 5 and 6. Linkers can be used to attach oligonucleotideanalogue to a variety of molecules or substrates of interest, including,but not limited to, glass, silicon, nylon, cellulose, polymers,peptides, proteins (including antibodies and fragments of antibodies),lipids, carbohydrates, nucleic acids, molecular complexes, specificbinding members, reporter groups, detectable labels, and even cells. Thecoupling of linkers to oligonucleotides and to molecules and substratesof interest can be through a variety of groups on the linker, forexample, hydroxyl, aldehyde, amino, sulfhydryl, etc. Molecules andsubstrates can optionally be derivatized in a variety of ways forattachment to linkers. Oligonucleotide analogues can optionally bederivatized for attachment to linkers as well, for example by theaddition of phosphate, phosphonate, carboxyl, or amino groups. Couplingof linkers to oligonucleotide analogues, molecules of interest, andsubstrates of interest can be accomplished through the use of couplingreagents that are known in the art (see, for example Efimov et al.,Nucleic Acids Res. 27: 4416-4426 (1999)). Methods of derivatizing andcoupling organic molecules are well known in the arts of organic andbioorganic chemistry.

An “intercalator” is a chemical moiety that can bind a nucleic acidmolecule or a nucleic acid analogue molecule by inserting betweenadjacent nucleobases. Non-limiting examples of intercalators includeacridines, anthracene, anthracyclines, anthracyclinone, methylene blue,indole, anthraquinone, quinoline, isoquinoline, dihydroquinones,tetracyclines, psoralens, coumarins, ethidium halides, ethidiumhomodimer, homodimeric oxazole yellow (YOYO), thiazole orange (TOTO),dynemicin, 1,10-phenanthroline-copper, calcheamicin, porphyrins,distamycin, netropcin, and viologen.

A “reporter group” is a chemical moiety that is directly or indirectlydetectable. Examples of functional parts of reporter groups are biotin;digoxigenin; fluorescent proteins or groups such as dansyl(5-dimethylamino-1-naphthalenesulfonyl), DOXYL(N-oxyl-4,4-dimethyloxazolidine), PROXYL(N-oxyl-2,2,5,5-tetramethylpyrrolidine),TEMPO(N-oxyl-2,2,6,6-tetramethylpiperidine), dinitrophenyl, acridines,coumarins, Cy3 and Cy5 (Biological Detection Systems, Inc.), erytrosine,coumaric acid, umbelliferone, texas red rhodaine, tetramethyl rhodamin,Rox, 7-nitrobenzo-1-oxa-1-diazole (NBD), oxazole, thiazole, pyrene,fluorescein, ethidium, Europium, Ruthenium, and Samarium; radioisotopes,chemiluminescent labels, spin labels, enzymes (such as peroxidases,alkaline phosphatases, beta-galactosidases, and oxidases), antigens,antibodies, haptens, etc.

A “capture probe” is an oligonucleotide or oligonucleotide analogue thatcan bind a target nucleic acid molecule and can also directly orindirectly bind an immobilized moiety or a moiety bound to a solidsupport.

An “overhang” is a single-stranded region at a terminus of an otherwisedouble-stranded or substantially double-stranded nucleic acid molecule.

“Substantially purified” refers to the state of a species or activitythat is the predominant species or activity present (for example on amolar basis it is more abundant than any other individual species oractivities in the composition) and preferably a substantially purifiedfraction is a composition wherein the object species or activitycomprises at least about 50 percent (on a molar, weight or activitybasis) of all macromolecules or activities present. Generally, asubstantially pure composition will comprise more than about 80 percentof all macromolecular species or activities present in a composition,more preferably more than about 85%, 90%, or 95%.

A “cellular activity” refers to an activity that occurs within a cell,including activities catalyzed by one or more enzymes, such as, but notlimited to, transcription, splicing, translation, the folding orunfolding of proteins or nucleic acids, transport of nucleic acids, RNA,lipids, or proteins within the cell, cytoskeletal activity such ascontractile activity, polymerization activities such as nucleic acid,fatty acid, or carbohydrate synthetic activities, etc.

Introduction

The present invention relates generally to oligonucleotide analoguesthat include novel protein nucleic acid molecules (PNAs), particularlymonomers, dimers, oligomers thereof and methods of making and usingthese oligonucleotide analogues. The PNAs of the present invention arecharacterized as including a variety of classes of molecules, such as,for example, hydroxyproline peptide nucleic acids (HypNA), and serinepeptide nucleic acids (SerNA). The invention includes monomers,homodimers, heterodimers, homopolymers and heteropolymers of these andother oligonucleotide analogues. The present invention includes methodsof using these oligonucleotide analogues in the detection and separatingof nucleic acid molecules, including uses that include the utilizationof oligonucleotide analogues on a solid support. The present inventionalso includes methods for purifying or separating nucleic acids, such asmRNA molecules, by hybridization with the oligonucleotides of thepresent invention. The present invention also includes the use ofoligonucleotides of the present invention in antisense and homologousrecombination constructs and methods.

1. Nucleotide and Oligonucleotide Analogues

Monomer Compositions

The present invention comprises monomer compositions that can beincorporated into oligonucleotides and oligonucleotide analogues.

One monomer of the present invention, herein referred to as ahydroxyproline peptide nucleic acid monomer or “HypNA” monomer,comprises the structure given by the formula:

where B is H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, anucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, or a reporter group,wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected by amino protectinggroups;

where A is a group of formula (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each of R¹⁰ and each R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where D is a protecting group compatible with the conditions of ester,amide, or phosphonoester bond formation, R¹⁸, or NR¹⁸R¹⁹;

where E is O⁻, OCH₃, a protecting or activating group compatible withester, phosphoester, or phosphonoester bond formation, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, orOR²⁰; and

each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, an aminoprotecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer;

Another monomer of the present invention, herein referred to as ahydroxyproline-1 phosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer or “Hyp-1NA”monomer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where B is H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, anucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, or a reporter group,wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected by amino protectinggroups;

where A is a group of formula (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each of R¹⁰ and R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each each of R¹⁶ and R¹⁷ is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkythio, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl;

where D is a protecting group compatible with the conditions ofphosphoester, phosphonoester, or phosphonamide bond formation, R¹⁸, orNR¹⁸R¹⁹;

where E is a protecting or activating group compatible with ester,phosphoester, phosphonoester, or phosphonamide bond formation, O⁻, R²⁰,NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰; and

each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, an aminoprotecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer;

Another monomer of the present invention, herein referred to as ahydroxyproline-2 phosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer or “Hyp-2NA”monomer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where B is H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, anucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, or a reporter group,wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected by amino protectinggroups;

where A is a group of formula (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each of R¹⁰ and R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R¹⁶ and each R¹⁷ is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where D is a protecting group compatible with the conditions of ester,amide, phosphoester, or phosphonoester bond formation, R¹⁸, or NR⁸R¹⁹;

where E is a protecting or activating group compatible with ester,phosphoester, phosphonoester, or phosphonamide bond formation, O⁻, OH,R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a chelator, apeptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, a nucleotide oroligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another monomer of the present invention, herein referred to as an arylphosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer or “pPNA-Ar-1” monomer, comprisesthe structure given by the formula:

where B is H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, anucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, or a reporter group,wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected by amino protectinggroups;

where A is a group of formula (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl;

Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and

X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where each of R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, and R¹⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or halogen;

where each of R¹⁶ and R¹⁷, is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, or heteroaryl;

where E is a protecting or activating group compatible with theconditions of amide, phosphonoamide, or phosphonoester bond formation,O⁻, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰;

where G is a protecting group compatible with the conditions ofphosphonoester, phospho- or phosphonoamide bond formation, or R²⁰;

where T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another monomer of the present invention, herein referred to as a serinepeptide nucleic acid monomer or “SerNA” monomer, comprises the structuregiven by the formula:

where B is H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, anucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, or a reporter group,wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected by amino protectinggroups;

where A is a group of formula (Ia), (Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for l(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R⁷, R⁸, and R⁹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where D is a protecting group compatible with the conditions of ester,amide, or phosphonoester bond formation, R¹⁸, or NR⁸R¹⁹;

where E is O⁻, a protecting group compatible with ester, phosphoester,or phosphonoester bond formation, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a chelator, alinker, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

A base position (B in formulas (I), (II), (III), (IV), and (V)) of anucleotide analogue of the present invention preferably includes anucleobase, where a nucleobase can be a naturally occurring nucleobase,such as, but not limited to, adenine, guanine, cytosine, thymine,uracil, inosine, 5-methylcytosine, xanthine, and hypoxanthine, or can bea non-naturally occurring nucleobase or nucleobase analogue, such as,but not limited to azaadenine, azacytosine, azaguanine, 5-bromo-uracil,thiouracil, bromothymine, 7,8-dimethyl alloxazine, and2,6-diaminopurine. Alternatively or in addition, a nucleotide analoguemonomer of the present invention can optionally comprise at a baseposition (B) at least one reporter group, aromatic ring, orintercalator, such as for example, fluorescamine, OPA, NDA, JOE, FAM,rhodamine, pyrene, 4-nitro-1,8-naphthylamide, ethidium bromide, acridineorange, thiazole orange, TOTO-1, YOYO-1, psoralen, actinomycin D, orangelicin (see, for example, Goodchild, J. Bioconjugate Chemistry 1: 165(1990)). A nucleotide analogue of the present invention can alsooptionally comprise at the base position H, OH, an alkynoyl, an alkyl,an aromatic group, or nucleobase-binding moiety. Moieties at a baseposition of an oligonucleotide analogue monomer can also be specificbinding members, such as hapten, biotin, polyhistidine, etc. Moieties atthe base position of an oligonucleotide analogue momomer of the presentinvention can incorporate detectable labels, such as, but not limitedto, fluorescent labels, radioisotope labels, spin labels, ormass-altered labels.

A moiety at a base position of an oligonucleotide analogue monomer canoptionally comprise one or more protecting groups. Such protectinggroups can optionally but preferably be removed when synthesis of anoligonucleotide analogue diner or oligomer is complete. Protectinggroups for protecting various chemical groups that are compatible withthe conditions of oligonucleotide analogue synthesis are known in theart (see, for example, Sonveaux, Protecting Groups in OligonucleotideSynthesis in Methods in Molecular Biology: Protocols for OligonucleotideConjugates, S. Agrawal, ed. Humana Press (1994)). Of particularrelevance are protecting groups, such as, but not limited to, acylgroups, that can be used to protect the extracyclic amino groups ofnucleobases such as adenine, cytosine, and guanine.

In selecting moieties for base positions in nucleic acid analoguemonomers, one can be guided by the principal that any moiety that willpermit the hybridization of the single-stranded oligonucleotide analoguecomprising the monomer to specifically bind to a single ordouble-stranded nucleic acid molecule (by Watson-Crick base-pairing inthe first instance, and by Hoogsteen base-pairing in the secondinstance) is permissible. Thus, it is possible to synthesizeoligonucleotide analogue monomers of the present invention with moietiesat B positions that have desirable properties (as ligands or labels, forexample) and screen for the ability of oligonucleotide analogueoligomers incorporating one or more such monomers to hybridize to DNA orRNA using methods known in the art, for example, by monitoring theformation of double-stranded molecules by UV spectrometry, or bydetecting binding of labeled nucleic acid molecules to oligonucleotideanalogues fixed to a solid support. In this regard, it can also berecognized that certain conditions that determine, at least in part, thehybridization of synthetic oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention to nucleic acid molecules can be altered, such as for example,by making longer probes, or altering temperature or salt conditions, topermit hybridization of oligonucleotide analogues that incorporate oneor more monomers of the present invention at the B position. It is alsopossible to position one or more monomers with one or more moieties ofinterest at the B position so that the effect on hybridization of themoiety or moieties at one or more B positions is minimal, for example,at one or more terminuses of an oligonucleotide analogue oligomer, or bypositioning one or more monomers in the center of a sequence with highbinding affinity for a nucleic acid sequence of interest. Thus, a greatnumber and variety of groups can potentially be incorporated in the Bposition of a monomer of the present invention.

Similarly, a wide variety of side groups represented by “R” and (in thecase of Monomer (IV)) “T” can be chosen and selected based on theability of oligomers comprising monomers of the present invention tohybridize to nucleic acid sequences under the desired conditions.

Other important considerations in the selection and testing of R, T, andB groups and moieties include the stability and reactivity of resultingmonomer that includes a given group or moiety at a given R position or Bposition. The stability of monomers, and of dimers and oligomers thatincorporate monomers can be tested by methods known in the art,including, but not limited to, spectrometry and NMR. The stability ofmonomers of the present invention and of dimers and oligomers thatincorporate monomers can be influenced by the addition of, for example,salts, reducing agents, acids, bases, or buffers, to solutions thatcomprise such oligonucleotide analogue compounds of the presentinvention, where achieving stability of a compound that comprises aparticular group or moiety at an R or B position is desirable.

Monomers of the present invention can comprise protecting groups.Monomers of the present invention that can be used in synthesis ofoligonucleotide analogue dimers and oligomers preferably have protectinggroups at the D position. Preferably, a protecting group at the Dposition is a hydroxyl protecting group compatible with amide, ester,phosphoester or phoshoester bond formation, such that it is able toprevent chemical reaction of the oxygen it is bound to during one ormore reactions that forms at least one of these bonds, but that is not arequirement of the present invention. Preferred protecting groups forthe D position include, but are not limited to, dimethoxytrityl (DMTr),monomethoxytrityl (MMTr), trityl (Tr), tert-butyl dimethyl silyl(TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc) and tetrahydropyranyl.Monomers of the present invention that have at the D position a widevariety of R groups, including complex molecules such as linkers,polymers, labels, reporter groups, nucleic acids, peptides, proteins,carbohydrates, lipids, steroids, specific binding members, and the likeare also within the scope of the present invention. Monomers comprisingsuch moieties can optionally be incorporated at a terminus of anoligonucleotide analogue or oligonucleotide.

The E position of a monomer of the present invention can be O⁻, OH, orcan comprise protecting or activating groups. Preferably, a protectinggroup at the E position of monomers (I) and (V) is a carboxy protectinggroup that is compatible with ester, phosphoester, or phosphonoesterbond formation, such that it is able to prevent chemical reactions ofthe carboxyl group it is bound to during one or more reactions thatforms at least one of these bonds (such as at the D positions of thesemonomers), but that is not a requirement of the present invention.Preferred protecting groups for the E position of monomers (I) and (V)include, but are not limited to, CH₃, tert-butyl dimethyl silyl (TBDMS),9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl andtetrahydropyranyl.

Preferably, a protecting group at the E position of monomers (II),(III), (IV) is a phosphonate protecting group compatible withphosphonamide and amide bond formation, such that the protecting groupsare able to prevent chemical reactions of the phosphate during reactionsthat form these bonds at the D position, but that is not a requirementof the present invention. Where the E position of a monomer of thepresent invention comprises an activating group, an activating grouppreferably can also be a protecting group. For example, in certainpreferred embodiments of the present invention, the E position ofmonomers (II), (III), and (IV) can comprise a protecting/activatinggroup that prevents reaction of the phosphate during the formation ofbonds at the D position (such as ester, phosphoester, phosphonamide, oramide bonds) and activates the phosphate for the formation ofphosphonoester or phosphonamide bonds. Preferred protecting groups forthe E position of monomers (II), (III), and (IV) include, but are notlimited to, CH₃, tert-butyl dimethyl silyl (TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyl,2-cyanoethyl, 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl and tetrahydropyranyl. Preferredprotecting/activating groups for the E position of monomers (II), (III),and (IV) include, but are not limited to, derivatives of1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl derivatives such as1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, and2-cyanoethoxy.

Monomers of the present invention can also have at the D position a widevariety of R groups, including simple and complex molecules such aslinkers, polymers, labels, reporter groups, nucleic acids, peptides,proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, steroids, specific binding members, andthe like. Monomers comprising such moieties can optionally beincorporated at a terminus of an oligonucleotide analogue oroligonucleotide.

Monomers of the present invention that conform to formula (IV) can alsohave protecting groups at the G position. The G position preferablycomprises an amino protecting group, more preferably an amino protectinggroup that is compatible with reactions that form phosphonoester orphosphonamide bonds, for example, DMTr, MMTr, Tr, or Fmoc. In thealternative, a monomer of the present invention can have at the Gposition a wide variety of R groups, including simple or complexmolecules such as linkers, polymers, labels, reporter groups, nucleicacids, peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, steroids, specificbinding members, and the like. Monomers comprising such moieties canoptionally be incorporated at a terminus of an oligonucleotide analogueor oligonucleotide.

Preferred monomers of the present invention that conform to the formulaof monomer (I) include4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(4)-benzoylcytosinyl-N(1)-acetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(6)-benzoyladenyl-N(9)-acetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,and4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(6)-isobutanoylguanine-N(9)-acetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,and other monomers based on L-4-trans-hydroxyproline that comprise othernucleobases.

Preferred monomers of the present invention that conform to the formulaof monomer (V) include4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine,4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(4)-benzoylcytosinyl-N(1)-acetyl)-L-serine,4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(6)-benzoyladenyl-N(9)-acetyl)-L-serine, and4-O-Monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(6)-isobutanoylguanine-N(9)-acetyl)-L-serine,and other monomers based on L-4-trans-serine that comprise othernucleobases.

Monomers of the present invention can be synthesized by any appropriatemethods known in the arts of organic and bioorganic chemistry. Forexample, a heterocyclic base can be introduced into the methyl ester ofa backbone moiety such as L-4-trans-hydroxyproline (or a derivative ofhydroxyproline) for monomers conforming to the formulas (I), (II), or(III); L-serine (or a derivative of serine) for monomers conforming toformula (V); or the aryl-based molecule of monomer (IV); using amethylene carboxylic acid of the appropriate base, where bases such as,but not limited to, adenine, cytosine, or guanine, that compriseexocyclic amino groups preferably have their exocyclic amino groupsprotected (for example, N⁴-benzoyl-cytosine, N²-isobutyrylguanine orN⁶-benzoyladenine). Protection of the exocyclic amino groups can beeffected by acylation or alkylation using groups such as, but are notlimited to benzoyl, butyryl, benzyloxycarbonyl, anisoyl,4-tert-butylbenzoyl (Will et al., Tetrahedron 51: 12069 (1995)), or4-monomethoxytrityl (Briepohl et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. 6: 665(1996)).

A coupling agent can be used to condense the nucleobase carboxylic acidwith a backbone molecule using methods such as those described in Efimovet al., Bioorg. Khim. 24: 696-709 (1998); Finn et al., Nucleic AcidsRes. 24: 3357-3364 (1996); and Efimov, et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26:566-575 (1998). Coupling agents that can be used to condense acarboxylic acid with an amino group to form an amide bond between acarboxylic acid substituted with a heterocyclic base and an amino acid(including a modified or derivatized amino acid) or backbone moiety ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to,N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) (Sheehan and Hess (1955) J. Amer.Chem. Soc. 77: 1067), TOTU (Briepohl et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett.6: 665 (1996), TopPipU (Heinklein et al., in Girault and Andreu (eds.)The Peptides, 21st European Peptide Symposium, ESCOM, Leiden, pp. 67-77(1990) and Finn et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 3357-3364 (1996)) PyBroP(Coste et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 31: 669-672 (1990), DCC/HOBT, or amixture of triphenylphosphine and CCI₄ (Takeuchi et al., Chem. Pharm.Bull. 22: 832-840 (1974).

For the synthesis of monomers (I), (II), (III), and (V), the freehydroxyl group of the hydroxyproline or serine backbone moiety can beprotected, for example with a group such as dimethoxytrityl (DMTr),monomethoxytrityl (MMTr), trityl (Tr), tert-butyl dimethyl silyl(TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc), or tetrahydropyranyl. Theester protecting group can be removed, for example, with NaOH, DBU,DBU/H₂O, NBu₄F×nH₂O.

The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline, amonomer of the present invention described by formula (I), is describedin Example 1. The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(6)-benzoyladenin-(9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,another monomer of the present invention described by formula (I), isdescribed in Example 2. The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(4)-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,another monomer of the present invention described by formula (I), isdescribed in Example 3. The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(2)-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,another monomer of the present invention described by formula (I), isdescribed in Example 4.

The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine, a monomerdescribed by formula (IV), is described in Example 5. The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(6)-benzoyladenin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine,another monomer described by formula (II), is described in Example 6.The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(4)-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine,another monomer described by formula (II), is described in Example 7.The synthesis of4-O-4,4′-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N(2)-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine,another monomer described by formula (II), is described in Example 8.Dimer compositions The present invention also comprises dimercompositions that can be incorporated into oligonucleotides andoligonucleotide analogues.

One dimer of the present invention, herein referred to as ahydroxyproline peptide nucleic acid-peptide nucleic acid dimer or“HypNA-PNA” dimer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently selected from the group of H,naturally occurring nucleobases, non-naturally occurring nucleobases,aromatic moieties, DNA intercalators, nucleobase-binding groups,heterocyclic moieties, and reporter ligands, wherein amino groups are,optionally, protected by amino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each of R¹⁰ and each R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each R¹², R³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆ )alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where D is a protecting group compatible with the conditions of ester,amide, or phosphonoester bond formation, R¹⁸, or NR¹⁸R¹⁹;

where E is O⁻, a protecting or activating group compatible with ester,phosphoester, or phosphonoester bond formation, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰;

where T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another dimer of the present invention, herein referred to as a peptidenucleic acid-hydroxyproline peptide nucleic acid dimer or “PNA-HypNA”dimer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, selected from the group of H,naturally occurring nucleobases, non-naturally occurring nucleobases,aromatic moieties, DNA intercalators, nucleobase-binding groups,heterocyclic moieties, and reporter ligands, wherein amino groups are,optionally, protected by amino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one another,values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of one another,values from 1 to 5;

-   -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkythio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each R¹⁰ and each R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently,hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where G is an amino protecting group compatible with the conditions ofphosphonoester, phospho- or phosphonoamide bond formation or R²⁰;

where E is O⁻, OCH₃, a protecting or activating group compatible withester, phosphoester, or phosphonoester bond formation, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, orOR²⁰;

T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another dimer of the present invention, herein referred to as ahydroxyproline peptide nucleic acid-phosphono peptide nucleic acid dimeror “HypNA-pPNA” dimer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, H, a naturally occurringnucleobase, a non-naturally occurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, aDNA intercalator, a nucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, ora reporter group, wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected byamino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;where each of R¹⁰ and R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R², R^(—)R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently,hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where D is a protecting group compatible with the conditions of ester,amide, or phosphonoester bond formation, R¹⁸, or NR¹⁸R¹⁹;

where E is O⁻, OCH₃, a protecting or activating group compatible withester, phosphoester, phosphonoester or phosphonamide bond formation,R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰;

T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another dimer of the present invention, herein referred to as aphosphono peptide nucleic acid-hydroxyproline peptide nucleic acid dimeror “pPNA-HypNA” dimer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, H, a naturally occurringnucleobase, a non-naturally occurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, aDNA intercalator, a nucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, ora reporter group, wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected byamino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each of R¹⁰ and R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently,hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where G is a protecting group compatible with the conditions ofphosphonoester, phospho- or phosphonoamide bond formation or R²⁰;

-   -   where E is O⁻, OCH₃, a protecting or activating group compatible        with ester, phosphoester, or phosphonoester bond formation, R²⁰,        NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰;

where Q is a protecting or activating group compatible with theconditions of amide, ester, phosphonoester, phosphonoamide bondformation;

T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another dimer of the present invention, herein referred to as a serinepeptide nucleic acid-phosphono peptide nucleic acid dimer or“SerNA-pPNA” dimer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, H, a naturally occurringnucleobase, a non-naturally occurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, aDNA intercalator, a nucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, ora reporter group, wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected byamino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R⁷, R⁸, and R⁹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently,hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where D is hydrogen, a protecting group compatible with the conditionsof ester, phosphoester or phosphonoester bond formation, R¹⁸, orNR¹⁸R¹⁹;

where E is O⁻, OCH₃, a protecting or activating group compatible withamide or ester bond formation, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, or OR²⁰;

T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a chelator, apeptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, a nucleotide oroligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

Another dimer of the present invention, herein referred to as aphosphono peptide nucleic acid-serine peptide nucleic acid dimer or“pPNA-SerNA” dimer, comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, H, a naturally occurringnucleobase, a non-naturally occurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, aDNA intercalator, a nucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, ora reporter group, wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected byamino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where each of R⁷, R⁸, and R⁹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently,hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where G is a protecting group compatible with the conditions ofphosphonoester, phospho- or phosphonoamide bond formation or R²⁰;

where E is O⁻, OCH₃, a protecting or activating group compatible withester, phosphoester, or phosphonoester bond formation, R²⁰, NR²⁰R²¹, orOR²⁰;

where Q is a protecting or activating group compatible with theconditions of amide, ester, phosphonoester, phosphonoamide bondformation;

where T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

where each R¹⁸, R¹⁹, R²⁰, and R²¹ is, independently, hydrogen, alkyl, anamino protecting group, a reporter group, an intercalator, a linker, achelator, a peptide, a protein, a carbohydrate, a lipid, a steroid, anucleotide or oligonucleotide, or a soluble or nonsoluble polymer.

At least one base position (B¹ and B² in formulas (VI) through (XI)) ofan oligonucleotide analogue dimer of the present invention preferablyincludes a nucleobase, where a nucleobase can be a naturally occurringnucleobase, such as, but not limited to, adenine, guanine, cytosine,thymine, uracil, inosine, 5-methylcytosine, xanthine, and hypoxanthine,or can be a non-naturally occurring nucleobase or nucleobase analogue,such as, but not limited to, azaadenine, azacytosine, azaguanine,5-bromo-uracil, thiouracil, bromothymine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, and2,6-diaminopurine. An oligonucleotide analogue dimer of the presentinvention can optionally comprise at at least one base position at leastone reporter group, aromatic ring, or intercalator, such as for example,fluorescamine, OPA, NDA, JOE, FAM, rhodamine, pyrene,4-nitro-1,8-naphthylamide, ethidium bromide, acridine orange, thiazoleorange, TOTO-1, YOYO-1, psoralen, actinomycin D, or angelicin (see, forexample, Goodchild, J. Bioconjugate Chemistry 1: 165 (1990). A dimer ofthe present invention can optionally comprise at at least one baseposition H, OH, an alkynoyl, an alkyl, an aromatic group, ornucleobase-binding moiety. Moieties at a base position of anoligonucleotide analogue dimer can also be specific binding members,such as hapten, biotin, polyhistidine, etc. Moieties at the baseposition of an oligonucleotide analogue dimer of the present inventioncan incorporate detectable labels, such as, but not limited to,fluorescent labels, radioisotope labels, spin labels, or mass-alteredlabels.

One or more moieties at one or more base positions of an oligonucleotideanalogue dimer can optionally comprise one or more protecting groups.Such protecting groups can optionally but preferably be removed whensynthesis of an oligonucleotide analogue dimer or oligomer is complete.Protecting groups for protecting various chemical groups that arecompatible with the conditions of oligonucleotide analogue synthesis areknown in the art (see, for example, Sonveaux, Protecting Groups inOligonucleotide Synthesis in Methods in Molecular Biology: Protocols forOligonucleotide Conjugates, S. Agrawal, ed. Humana Press (1994)). Ofparticular relevance are protecting groups that can be used to protectthe extracyclic amino groups of nucleobases such as adenine, cytosine,and guanine. Protection of the exocyclic amino groups can be effected byacylation or alkylation using groups such as, but are not limited tobenzoyl, butyryl, benzyloxycarbonyl, anisoyl, 4-tert-butylbenzoyl (Willet al., Tetrahedron 51: 12069 (1995)), or 4-monomethoxytrityl (Briepohlet al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. 6: 665 (1996)).

In selecting groups for “B” positions in nucleic acid analogue dimers,one can be guided by the principal that any group that will permit thehybridization of the single-stranded oligonucleotide analogue comprisingthe dimer to specifically bind to a single or double-stranded nucleicacid molecule (by Watson-Crick base-pairing in the first instance, andby Hoogsteen base-pairing in the second instance) is permissible. Thus,it is possible to synthesize the oligonucleotide analogue dimers of thepresent invention having one or more moieties at one or more B positionsthat have desirable properties (as ligands or labels, for example) andscreen for the ability of oligonucleotide analogue oligomersincorporating such dimers to hybridize to DNA or RNA using methods knownin the art, for example, by monitoring the formation of double-strandedmolecules by UV spectrometry, or by detecting binding of labeled nucleicacid molecules to oligonucleotide analogues fixed to a solid support. Inthis regard, it can also be recognized that certain conditions thatdetermine, at least in part, the hybridization of syntheticoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention to nucleic acidmolecules can be altered, such as for example, by making longer probes,or altering temperature or salt conditions, to permit hybridization ofoligonucleotide analogues incorporating various moieties at one or moreB positions. It is also possible to position one or more dimer with oneor more moieties of interest at one or more B positions so that theeffect on hybridization is minimal, for example, by positioning one ormore dimers at one or more terminuses of an oligonucleotide analogueoligomer, or in the center of a sequence with high binding affinity fora nucleic acid sequence of interest. Thus, a great number and variety ofmoieties can potentially be incorporated in one or more B positions of adimer of the present invention.

Similarly, a wide variety of side groups represented by “R” and “T” canbe chosen and selected based on the ability of oligomers comprisingdimers of the present invention to hybridize to nucleic acid sequencesunder the desired conditions.

Other important considerations in the selection and testing of R, T, andB groups and moieties include the stability and reactivity of resultingdimer that includes a particular group or moiety at a given R position,T position, or B position. The stability of dimers of the presentinvention, and of oligomers that incorporate dimers of the presentinvention, can be tested by methods known in the art, including, but notlimited to, spectrometry and NMR. The stability of dimers of the presentinvention and of oligomers that incorporate dimers of the presentinvention can be influenced by the addition of, for example, salts,reducing agents, acids, bases, or buffers, to solutions that comprisesuch oligonucleotide analogue compounds of the present invention, whereachieving stability of a compound that comprises a particular group ormoiety at an R, T, or B position is desirable.

Dimers of the present invention can comprise protecting groups. Dimersthat conform to formulas (VI), (VIII), and (X) that are to be used inthe synthesis of oligonucleotide analogue oligomers preferably haveprotecting groups at the D position. Preferably, a protecting group atthe D position of dimers (VI), (VIII), and (X) is a hydroxyl protectinggroup compatible with at least one reaction that can result in at leastone amide, ester, phosphoester, phosphonoester, or phosphonamide bond,such that it is able to prevent chemical reactions of the oxygen it isbound to during reactions that can form at least one of these bonds.Preferred protecting groups for the D position include, but are notlimited to, dimethoxytrityl (DMTr), monomethoxytrityl (MMTr), trityl(Tr), tert-butyl dimethyl silyl (TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl(Fmoc) and tetrahydropyranyl. Dimers of the present invention can alsohave at the D position a wide variety of R groups, including complexmolecules such as linkers, polymers, labels, reporter groups, nucleicacids, peptides, proteins, carbohydrates, lipids, steroids, specificbinding members, and the like, particularly where dimers comprising suchR groups can be incorporated at a terminus of an oligonucleotideanalogue or oligonucleotide.

The E position of dimers of the present invention can be O⁻, OH, or cancomprise protecting or activating groups. Preferably, a protecting groupat the E position of dimers (VI), (VIII), and (X) is compatible with atleast one reaction that can result in an ester, phosphoester, orphosphonoester bond, such that the protecting group is able to prevent achemical reactions of a phosphonate or carbonyl group during at leastone reaction that form can form at least one or these bonds, such as atthe D position. Preferably, a protecting group at the E position ofdimers (VII), (IX), and (XI) is compatible with at least one reactionthat can result in phosphonamide and amide bond formation, such that theprotecting group is able to prevent a chemical reaction of thephosphonate or carbonyl group during reactions that can form at leastone of these bonds, such as at the D position. Preferably, a protectinggroup at the E position of dimers (VI), (VII), (IX), and (XI) is acarboxyl protecting group, such as, but not limited to, Preferably, aprotecting group at the E position of dimers (VI), (VII), (VIII), (IX),(X), and (XI) is a phosphonate or carboxyl protecting group, such as,but not limited to, CH₃, tert-butyl dimethyl silyl (TBDMS),9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl andtetrahydropyranyl. Where an E position of monomer (VIII) or (X)comprises an activating group, the activating group is preferably also aprotecting group that prevents reaction of a phosphate during one ormore reactions that result in the formation of a bond, such as at the Dposition (such as, but not limited to, an ester or a phosphoester bond)and in one or more other reactions can activate the phosphate it isbound to for the formation of a phosphonoester or phosphonamide bond.Preferred protecting/activating groups for the E position of monomers(VII)and (X) include, but are not limited to, derivatives of1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl derivatives such as1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, and2-cyanoethoxy.

The Q position of a dimer of the present invention can be O⁻, OH, or cancomprise a protecting or activating group. Preferably, a protectinggroup at the Q position of dimers (IX) and (XI) is a phosphonateprotecting group compatible with ester, phosphoester, phosphonoester,phosphonamide, or amide bond formation, such that it is able to preventchemical reaction of the oxygen it is bound to during at least onereaction that can form at least one of these bonds (such as at the Dpositions of these monomers), but this is not a requirement of thepresent invention. Preferred protecting groups at the Q position of adimer of the present invention include, but are not limited to,derivatives of 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl derivatives such as1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy, phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, and2-cyanoethoxy.

An oligonucleotide analogue dimer of the present invention canoptionally comprise or be conjugated to one or more detectable labels,specific binding members, polymers, peptides, polypeptides, nucleicacids, carbohydrates, lipids, steroids, enzymes, small molecules, orcoupling agents. Coupling of oligonucleotide analogues to variousorganic molecules can be achieved by those skilled in the art ofbioorganic synthesis. Methods of coupling oligonucleotide analogues toamino acids, peptides, and polypeptides can be through synthesis of apeptide (amide) bond as disclosed for the synthesis of peptide nucleicacids in, for example, Efimov, et al. Russian Journal of BioorganicChemistry 25: 545-555 (1999), or by using a linker, for example, asdisclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,165,720 issued Dec. 26, 2000 to Felgner etal. The coupling of oligonucleotide analogues of the present inventionto nucleic acid molecules can also optionally be achieved through theuse of a linker that can be added to an oligonucleotide analogueoligomer coupled to a solid support. Nucleic acid molecules ornucleotides can be coupled to the linker attached to an oligonucleotideanalogue (Efimov, et al. Russian Journal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25:545-555 (1999); Finn et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 3357-3364 (1996)).Dimers of the present invention can also be coupled to linkers that arein turn coupled to detectable labels, specific binding members,polymers, peptides, polypeptides, nucleic acids, carbohydrates, lipids,steroids, enzymes, small molecules, or coupling agents. Dimers canoptionally be derivatized, for example, by the addition of amino orphosphono groups, for the direct or indirect attachment of othermolecules.

Compounds of formulas (VI) (“HypNA-PNA dimer”), (VIII) (“HypNA-pPNAdimer”), and (X) (“SerNA-pPNA dimer”) can be synthesized by anyappropriate methods known in the arts of organic and bioorganicchemistry. Preferably, the synthesis of compound (VI) is performed byforming an amide bond between a compound of formula (I) and anappropriate peptide nucleic acid monomer, and the synthesis of compound(VIII) is performed by forming an amide bond between a compound offormula (I) and an appropriate phosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer.Preferably, the synthesis of compound (X) is performed by forming anamide bond between a compound of formula (V) and an appropriatephosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer.

In preferred methods for the synthesis of compounds (VI), (VIII), and(X), the hydroxyl groups of compounds of formulas (I) and (V) areprotected with protecting groups such as, but not limited to,dimethoxytrityl (DMTr), monomethoxytrityl (MMTr), trityl (Tr),tert-butyl dimethyl silyl (TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyloxycarbonyl (Fmoc)and tetrahydropyranyl. Where compounds of formulas (I) and (V) areprotected with carboxyl protecting groups, such protecting groups can beremoved prior to the formation of the amide bond, for example, bytreating a compound having the CH₃ carboxyl protecting group with base.

Preferably, the terminal carboxyl group of a peptide nucleic acidmonomer that can be coupled to a compound of formula (I) for thesynthesis of a compound of formula (VI) is protected with a protectinggroup such as, but not limited to, CH₃, tert-butyl dimethyl silyl(TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl ortetrahydropyranyl. Preferably, the terminal phosphate group of aphosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer that can be coupled to a compoundof formula (I) or (V) for the synthesis of compounds of formulas (VIII)and (X) is protected with at least one protecting group such as, but notlimited to phenyl, 2-methylphenyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-chlorophenyl,4-chlorophenyl, 2-(1-methylimidazole-2-yl) phenyl (Froehler et al. J.Am. Chem. Soc. 107:278-279 (1985); Sproat et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 14:1811-1824 (1986)), 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl, 4-alkoxy-2-picolyl, or1-oxido-2-picolyl (Efimov et al., in Abstracts of Protein EngineeringSymposium, Groningen, May 4-7, 1986, Drenth, ed. p. 9 (1986)). Theaddition of one of these preferred protecting groups,1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyl, to a pPNA monomer is described in van derLaan et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 37: 7857-7860 (1996). Where a peptidenucleic acid monomer or phosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer isprotected with amino protecting groups, such protecting groups can beremoved prior to the reaction that forms the amide bond. For example,removal of an amino-protecting MMTr group can be accomplished bytreating the compounds with 0.2 M picric acid in 5% acetonitrile.

A compound of formula (I) can be coupled to a PNA monomer to form acompound of formula (VI), or a compound of formula (I) can be coupled toa pPNA monomer to form a compound of formula (VIII), or a compound offormula (V) can be coupled to a pPNA monomer to form a compound offormula (X), by a condensation reaction that results in the formation ofan amide bond. Coupling agents that can be used include TOTU, TopPipU,BOP, PyBroP, Ph₃P/CCI₄. A preferred coupling agent isdicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC).

For example, to synthesize dimers described by formulas (VIII) and (X),monomers of formulas (I) and (V), respectively, can preferably becoupled to a phosphono PNA monomer 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolylphenyldiester or diphenyl ester synthesized by methods, such as thosedisclosed in Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998),herein incorporated by reference. Monomers (I) and (V) can be coupled toa phosphono PNA monomer in a presence of, for example, oxygennucleophilic catalysts such as 4-substituted derivatives of pyridineN-oxide such as those described in Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 13:3651-3666 (1985) and in Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 14: 6525-6540(1986), both herein incorporated by reference.

A compound of formula (VII) (“PNA-HypNA dimer”) can be synthesized byany appropriate methods known in the arts of organic and bioorganicchemistry. Preferably, the synthesis of compound (VII) is performed byforming an ester bond between an appropriate peptide nucleic acidmonomer and a compound of formula (I).

In preferred methods for the synthesis of a compound of formula (VII),the carbonyl group of a compound of formula (I) is protected with aprotecting group such as, but not limited to, CH₃, tert-butyl dimethylsilyl (TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethylor tetrahydropyranyl. Where a compound of formulas (I) is protected witha hydroxyl protecting group, the protecting group can be removed priorto the formation of the ester bond. For example, DMTr or MMTr can beremoved from the terminal hydroxyl by treating with 5% dichloroaceticacid in dichloromethane.

Preferably, the terminal amino group of a peptide nucleic acid monomerthat can be coupled to a compound of formula (I) for the synthesis of acompound of formula (VII) is protected with a protecting group such as,but not limited to, DMTr, MMTr, Tr, or Fmoc. Where a peptide nucleicacid monomer is protected with a carboxyl protecting group, theprotecting group can be removed prior to the reaction that forms theamide bond, for example, by treating a compound having the CH₃ carboxylprotecting group with base.

A PNA monomer can be coupled to a compound of formula (I) to form acompound of formula (VII) by a condensation reaction that results in theformation of an ester bond. To catalyze the synthesis of an ester bond,coupling agents such as, for example,2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazolide (TPS-NT) or2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl-3-nitro-1,2,4-chloride (TPS-CI) and1-methylimidazole can be used (Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 11:8369-8387 (1983)).

Compounds of formulas (IX) (“pPNA-HypNA dimer”) and (XI) (“pPNA-SerNAdimer”) can be synthesized by any appropriate methods known in the artsof organic and bioorganic chemistry. Preferably, the synthesis ofcompounds (IX) and (XI) is performed by forming an phosphonoester bondbetween a compound of formula (I) (for the synthesis of compound (IX) ora compound of formula (V) (for the synthesis of compound (XI)) and aphosphono peptide nucleic acid monomer.

In preferred methods for the synthesis of compounds of formulas (IX) and(XI), the carbonyl groups of compounds of formulas (I) and (V) areprotected with protecting groups such as, but not limited to, CH₃,tert-butyl dimethyl silyl (TBDMS), 9-fluorenylmethyl, 2-cyanoethyl,2-(4-nitrophenyl)ethyl or tetrahydropyranyl. Where compounds of formulas(I) and (V) are protected with hydroxyl protecting groups, suchprotecting groups can be removed prior to performing reactions thatresult in the formation of the phosphonoester bond, for example, bytreating a compound having the [X]protecting group with [X].

Preferably, the terminal amino group of a phosphono peptide nucleic acidmonomer that can be coupled to a compound of formula (I) for thesynthesis of a compound of formula (IX) or to a compound of formula (V)for the synthesis of a compound of formula (XI) is protected with aprotecting group such as, but not limited to DMTr, MMTr, Tr, or Fmoc.

Preferably, the terminal phosphate group of a phosphono peptide nucleicacid monomer that can be coupled to a compound of formula (I) or (V) forthe synthesis of compound of formulas (IX) and (XI) is bound to at leastone protecting/activating group such as, but not limited to phenyl,2-methylphenyl, 2-cyanoethyl, 2-chlorophenyl, 4-chlorophenyl,2-(1-methylimidazole-2-yl) phenyl (Froehler et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc.107:278-279 (1985); Sproat et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 14: 1811-1824(1986)), 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl, 4-alkoxy-2-picolyl, or1-oxido-2-picolyl (Efimov et al., in Abstracts of Protein EngineeringSymposium, Groningen, May 4-7, 1986, Drenth, ed. p. 9 (1986)). Theaddition of one of these preferred protecting groups,1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyl, to a pPNA monomer is described in van derLaan et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 37: 7857-7860 (1996).

A phosphono PNA monomer can be coupled to a compound of formula (I) or acompound of formula (V) to form compounds of formulas (IX) or (XI),respectively, by a condensation reaction that results in the formationof a phosphonoester bond. Coupling agents such as, but not limited to,1-(2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl)-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (TPSNT) canbe used to catalyze the formation of the phosphonoester bond.

For example, to synthesize dimers described by formulas (IX) and (XI),monomers of formulas (I) and (V), respectively, can be preferably becoupled to a phosphono PNA monomer 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolylphenyldiester, or diphenyl ester synthesized by methods, such disclosed inEfimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998), and Efimov, et al.Russian Journal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555 (1999). both hereinincorporated by reference. Monomers (I) and (V) can be coupled to aphosphono PNA monomer in a presence of, for example, oxygen nucleophiliccatalysts such as 4-substituted derivatives of pyridine N-oxide such asthose described in Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 13: 3651-3666(1985) and in Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 14: 6525-6540 (1986)herein incorporated by reference.

Oligomer Compositions

The present invention also comprises oligomer compositions that can beused in a variety of applications.

One oligomer composition, herein referred to as a hydroxyproline nucleicacid-phosphono peptide nucleic acid oligomer or “HypNA-pPNA oligomer”,comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, H, a naturally occurringnucleobase, a non-naturally occurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, aDNA intercalator, a nucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, ora reporter group, wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected byamino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

-   -   where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one        another, values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of        one another, values from 1 to 5;    -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain;    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where R⁶ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or anamino acid side chain;

where R⁷ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, amino, or halogen, and R⁸ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl;

or R⁷ is hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkoxy, aryl, aralkyl, or heteroaryl,and R⁸ is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkthio, amino, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or halogen;

where R⁹ is hydrogen, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-,or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl, arylkyl, or heteroaryl;

where each of R¹⁰ and R¹¹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently,hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio,aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and n is 1 or greater.

Another oligomer composition, herein referred to as a serine nucleicacid-phosphono peptide nucleic acid oligomer of “SerNA-pPNA oligomer”,comprises the structure given by the formula:

where each of B¹ and B² is, independently, H, a naturally occurringnucleobase, a non-naturally occurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, aDNA intercalator, a nucleobase-binding group, a heterocyclic moiety, ora reporter group, wherein amino groups are, optionally, protected byamino protecting groups;

where each of A¹ and A² is, independently, a group of formula (Ia),(Ib), or (Ic);

where r and s are, for I(a) and I(b), independently of one another,values from 0 to 5 and are, for I(c), independently of one another,values from 1 to 5;

-   -   where each R¹ and each R² is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, alkylthio, amino, or halogen;    -   where each of R³, R⁴, and R⁵, is, independently, hydrogen,        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted        (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, alkoxy, amino, aryl, aralkyl, heteroaryl,        or an amino acid side chain.    -   Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; and    -   X is O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂;

where each of R⁷, R⁸, and R⁹ is, independently, hydrogen, (C₁-C₆)alkyl,hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, aryl,aralkyl, heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where each of R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is, independently, hydrogen,(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy, amino, alkoxy, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or an amino acid side chain;

where T is hydrogen, hydroxy, alkoxy, (C₁-C₆)alkyl, hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl, alkylthio, aryl, aralkyl,heteroaryl, or amino; and

n is one or greater.

Oligomers comprising the structures of formulas (XII) and (XIII) can bemade by any appropriate methods known in the arts of organic andbioorganic chemistry. The backbone of an oligonucleotide analogueoligomer of the present invention can comprise at least two differentamino acid or amino acid derivatives. Preferably, an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention can comprise one or more amino acidsbased on L-4-trans-hydroxyproline or L-serine. More than one amino acidbased on L-4-trans-hydroxyproline in an oligonucleotide analogue can bethe same or different amino acids, that is, they can optionally comprisedifferent R groups. More than one amino acid based on L-serine in anoligonucleotide analogue can be the same or different amino acids, thatis, they can optionally comprise different R groups. An oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention can comprise a plurality of aminoacids or amino acid derivatives that are the same or different from oneanother.

At least one base position (B¹ and B² in formulas (XII) and (XIII))preferably includes a nucleobase, where a nucleobase can be a naturallyoccurring nucleobase, such as, but not limited to, adenine, guanine,cytosine, thymine, uracil, inosine, 5-methylcytosine, xanthine, andhypoxanthine, or can be a non-naturally occurring nucleobase ornucleobase analogue, such as, but not limited to, 2-aminoadenosine,azaadenine, azacytidine, azaguanine, 5-bromo-uracil, thiouracil,bromothymine, 7,8-dimethylalloxazine, and 2,6-diaminopurine. Anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can optionallycomprise at at least one base position at least one reporter group,aromatic ring, or intercalator, such as for example, fluorescamine, OPA,NDA, JOE, FAM, rhodamine, pyrene, 4-nitro-1,8-naphthylamide, ethidiumbromide, acridine orange, thiazole orange, TOTO-1, YOYO-1, psoralen,actinomycin D, or angelicin (see, for example, Goodchild, J.Bioconjugate Chemistry 1: 165 (1990)). An oligonucleotide analogue ofthe present invention can optionally comprise at at least one baseposition H, OH, an alkynoyl, an alkyl, an aromatic group, ornucleobase-binding moiety. Moieties at a base position of anoligonucleotide analogue can also be specific binding members, such ashapten, biotin, polyhistidine, etc. Moieties at the base position of anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can incorporatedetectable labels, such as, but not limited to, fluorescent labels,radioisotope labels, spin labels, or mass-altered labels.

One or more moieties at one or more base positions of an oligonucleotideanalogue oligomer of the present invention can optionally compriseprotecting groups. Such protecting groups can optionally but preferablybe removed when synthesis of an oligonucleotide analogue oligomer iscomplete. Protecting groups for various groups that are compatible withthe conditions of oligonucleotide analogue synthesis are known in theart (see, for example, Sonveaux, Protecting Groups in OligonucleotideSynthesis in Methods in Molecular Biology: Protocols for OligonucleotideConjugates, S. Agrawal, ed. Humana Press (1994)). Of particularrelevance are protecting groups that can be used to protect theextracyclic amino groups of nucleobases such as adenine, cytosine, andguanine.

In selecting moieties for “B” positions in nucleic acid analogueoligomers, one can be guided by the principal that any moiety that willpermit the hybridization of the single-stranded oligonucleotide analoguecomprising the dimer to specifically bind to a single or double-strandednucleic acid molecule (by Watson-Crick base-pairing in the firstinstance, and by Hoogsteen base-pairing in the second instance) ispermissible. Thus, it is possible to synthesize oligonucleotide analogueoligomers of the present invention having one or more moieties at one ormore B positions that has desirable properties (as a ligand or label,for example) and screen for the ability of such oligonucleotide analogueoligomers to hybridize to DNA or RNA using methods known in the art, forexample, by monitoring the formation of double-stranded molecules by UVspectrometry, or by detecting binding of labeled nucleic acid moleculesto oligonucleotide analogues fixed to a solid support. In this regard,it can also be recognized that certain conditions that determine, atleast in part, the hybridization of synthetic oligonucleotide analoguesof the present invention to nucleic acid molecules can be altered, suchas for example, by making longer probes, or altering temperature or saltconditions, to permit hybridization of oligonucleotide analoguesincorporating various moieties at one or more B positions. It is alsopossible to position a monomer or dimer with one or moieties of interestat one or more B positions so that its effect on hybridization of theoligomer incorporating the monomer or dimer is minimal, for example, bypositioning it at a terminus of an oligonucleotide analogue oligomer, orin the center of an oligomer sequence with high binding affinity for anucleic acid sequence of interest. Thus, a great number and variety ofmoieties can potentially be incorporated in at least one B position ofan oligomer of the present invention.

Similarly, a wide variety of side groups represented by “R” and “T” canbe chosen and selected based on the ability of oligonucleotide analogueoligomers of the present invention to hybridize to nucleic acidsequences under the desired conditions.

Other important considerations in the selection and testing of R, T, andB groups or moieties include the stability and reactivity of resultingoligomer that includes a particular group or moiety at a given Rposition, T position, or B position. The stability of of oligomers ofthe present invention that incorporate particular R, T, or B groups ormoieties, can be tested by methods known in the art, including, but notlimited to, spectrometry and NMR. The stability of oligomers thatincorporate dimers of the present invention can be influenced by theaddition of, for example, salts, reducing agents, acids, bases, orbuffers, to solutions that comprise such oligonucleotide analoguecompounds of the present invention, where achieving stability of acompound that comprises a particular group or moiety at an R, T, or Bposition is desirable.

An oligonucleotide analogue oligomer of the present invention canoptionally comprise or be conjugated to one or more detectable labels,specific binding members, polymers, peptides, polypeptides, nucleicacids, carbohydrates, lipids, steroids, enzymes, small molecules,protecting groups, or coupling agents. Coupling of oligonucleotideanalogues to various organic molecules can be achieved by those skilledin the art of bioorganic synthesis. Coupling of oligonucleotideanalogues to various organic molecules can be achieved by those skilledin the art of bioorganic synthesis. Methods of coupling oligonucleotideanalogues to amino acids, peptides, and polypeptides can be throughsynthesis of a peptide (amide) bond as disclosed for the synthesis ofpeptide nucleic acids in, for example, Efimov, et al. Russian Journal ofBioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555 (1999), or by using a linker, forexample, as disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,165,720 issued Dec. 26, 2000 toFelgner et al. The coupling of oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention to nucleic acid molecules can also optionally be achievedthrough the use of a linker that can be added to an oligonucleotideanalogue oligomer coupled to a solid support (Efimov, et al. RussianJournal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555 (1999); Finn et al., NucleicAcids Res. 24: 3357-3364 (1996)). Oligomers of the present invention canalso be coupled to linkers that are in turn coupled to detectablelabels, specific binding members, polymers, small molecules, matrices,polymers, and the like.

An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can be of anylength. Preferably, an oligonucleotide analogue of the present inventionis from between two and about 1,000 residues long, more preferablybetween about six and about 200 residues long, and most preferablybetween about ten and about 60 residues long.

An oligonucleotide analogue oligomer of the present invention canoptionally comprise at least one deoxyribonucleotide ordeoxyribonucleoside residue and/or at least one ribonucleotide orribonucleoside residue. A deoxyribonucleotide, deoxyribonucleoside,ribonucleotide or ribonucleoside residue or that is a part of anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can comprise naturallyor non-naturally occurring nucleobases, nucleobase binding moieties,detectable labels, or specific binding members. An oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention can also include one or more otheroligonucleotide analogue residues, such as, but not limited to, one ormore of the oligonucleotide analogue residues described in U.S. Pat.Nos. 5,714,331; 5,736,336; 5,766,855; 5,719,262; 5,786,461; 5,977,296;6,015,887; and 6,107,470.

In a preferred aspect of the present invention, a HypNA-pPNA oligomer(XII) of the present invention can comprise HypNA residues and pPNAresidues in any ratio. Preferably, the ratio of HypNA residues to pPNAresidues in a HypNA-pPNA oligomer of the present invention is frombetween about 1:99 to about 99:1, more preferably from about 1:20 toabout 20:1, and most preferably from about 1:5 to about 5:1. In somepreferred aspects of the invention, the ratio of HypNA residues to pPNAresidues in a oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention is frombetween about 1:4 to about 1:1.

In another preferred aspect of the present invention, a SerNA-pPNAoligomer (XIII) of the present invention can comprise SerNA residues andpPNA residues in any ratio. Preferably, the ratio of SerNA residues topPNA residues in a SerNA:pPNA oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention is from between about 1:99 to about 99:1, more preferably fromabout 1:20 to about 20:1, and most preferably from about 1:5 to about5:1. In some preferred aspects of the invention, the ratio of SerNAresidues to pPNA residues in a SerNA-pPNA oligonucleotide analogue ofthe present invention is from between about 1:4 to about 1:1.

Oligonucleotide analogue oligomers of the present invention can be madeby the formation of amide, phosphonoester, or ester bonds betweenmonomers and the growing oligomer chain or made by the formation ofamide, ester, or phosphonoester bonds between dimers and the growingoligomer chain. Oligonucleotide analogue oligomer synthesis cantherefore employ a variety of protection, coupling, and deprotectionstrategies depending on the monomer composition of the oligonucleotideanalogue being synthesized.

Synthesis of oligonucleotide analogue oligomers of the present inventioncan be performed by any appropriate methods known in the arts of organicor bioorganic chemistry, including the phosphoramidite, H-phosphonate,and phosphotriester methods developed for nucleic acid synthesis(Beaucage and Caruthers, Tetrahedron Lett. 22:1859-1862 (1981); Gait etal., Nucl. Acids Res. 8: 1081-1096 (1980)), and can be performed insolution or in solid phase. Preferably, synthesis of oligonucleotideanalogue oligomers of the present invention is performed in solid phaseusing, at least in part, the phosphotriester method as described inEfimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998), Efimov, et al.Russian Journal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555 (1999).

Supports for solid phase synthesis are known in the art and include, butare not limited to, high cross-linking polystyrene (McCollum and Andrus,Tetrahedron Lett. 32: 4069-4072 (1991), polystyrene/PEG copolymer (Gaoet al. Tetrahedron Lett. 32: 5477-5480 (1991), silica gel (Chow et al.,Nucl. Acids Res. 9: 2807-2817 (1981)), polyamide bonded silica gel (Gaitet al. Nucl. Acids Res. 10: 6243-6254 (1982)), cellulose (Crea and Horn,Nucl. Acids Res. 8: 2331-2348 (1980)), (and controlled pore glass (CPG)(Koster, et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 24: 747-750 (1983). A preferred solidsupport is CPG beads. CPG beads can be derivatized for the attachment ofoligonucleotide analogues in a variety of ways. For example, CPG beadscan be treated with 3-aminopropyltriethoxysilane to add an amino propyllinker handle for the attachment of oligonucleotide analogue monomers ordimers (Koster, et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 24: 747-750 (1983), or,preferably, a long-chain alkylamine group, most preferably including aterminal nucleoside, can be attached to CPG (Adams et al. J. Am. Chem.Soc. 105: 661-663 (1983)). Supports for oligonucleotide synthesis orpeptide synthesis, for example dT-LCAA-CPG (Applied Biosystems), arecommercially available.

In a preferred method of synthesis of oligonucleotide analogue oligomers(XII) and (XIII) of the present invention, the HypNA:pPNA dimer (VIII)or SerNA:pPNA dimer (X), respectively, can be used as a unit ofsynthesis. The first monomer or dimer added attached to the solidsupport can be any group, and can be attached by any means. Preferably,however, a monomer or dimer comprising a “3′” or “carboxy” terminalphosphonate or phosphate group groups, for example, a HypNA:pPNA dimer(VIII), a SerNA: pPNA dimer (X), a pPNA monomer, a dimer or oligomercomprising a terminal pPNA monomer, a monomer of formula (II), a monomerof formula (III), a monomer of formula (IV), or a nucleotide is coupledto a derivatized solid support having terminal OH groups (such as, butnot limited to, dT-LCAA-CPG). Where a derivatized solid support hasprotected OH groups to be used for the attachment of monomers or dimers,the protective groups are preferably removed prior to the couplingreaction. For example a DMTr-protected derivatized support can betreated with acid to remove DMTr groups. Preferably, the terminal 3′phosphonate or phosphate of the monomer, dimer, or nucleotide to beattached to the solid support comprises a protecting group, such as, butnot limited to, 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy, phenoxy,2-methylphenoxy, or 2-cyanoethoxy, most preferably1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy.

The coupling reaction can use any reagents and conditions that catalyzethe formation of a bond between the “3′” or “carboxy” terminalphosphonate or phosphate of an oligonucleotide dimer or monomer of thepresent invention or a pPNA monomer or pPNA-containing dimer or anucleotide and the derivatized solid support, for example, MSNT inpyridine solution, optionally including 1-methylimidazole,4-morpholino-pyridine-1-oxide, or, preferably, by treatment withtriisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (TPSCI). Subsequent monomers,dimers, or nucleotides having 5′ terminal phosphates or phosphonatescarrying appropriate protecting groups can be added by the same couplingreaction. Appropriate washes are performed between synthesis cycles toremove unicorporated precursors. For synthesis of the oligonucleotideanalogue oligomers of the present invention, the addition of HypNA-pPNAor SerNA-pPNA dimers by phosphotriester synthesis is preferred. However,the choice of dimers and monomers used at each cycle of the synthesisoligonucleotide analogue oligomers of the present invention will bedetermined by the composition of the desired oligomer, mostparticularly, by the ratio and order of HypNA and pPNA or SerNA and pPNAmonomers in the oligonucleotide analogue monomer to be synthesized. Inaddition, the oligonucleotide analogue oligomers can optionally compriseother moieties, such as, but not limited to, nucleotide residues and PNAmonomers, including, but not limited to “classical” PNA monomers and thenovel PNA and pPNA monomers disclosed herein. The synthesis ofoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can therefore includephosphotriester synthesis steps as well as coupling and washing stepsdesigned for the formation of, for example amide and ester bonds, asdescribed in Efimov, et al. Russian Journal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25:545-555 (1999). For example, amide and ester bonds can be formed betweensynthesis units using TPS-NT and 1-methylimidazole in CH₃CN. Thesereactions can be combined in a solid phase synthesis that also uses thephophotriester method for adding synthesis units by the formation ofphosphonoester (and, optionally, phosphoester) bonds.

As nonlimiting examples, coupling of an L-serine based monomer or anL-trans-hydroxyproline based monomer to a free hydroxyl of a growingoligonucleotide analogue oligomer can be through the formation of anester bond or amide bond. In another case, a “classical” PNA orphosphono PNA can be coupled to a free hydroxyl of a growingoligonucleotide analogue oligomer can be through the formation of anester bond or a phosphonoester bond. A “classical” PNA can also becoupled to a free amino of a growing oligonucleotide analogue oligomercan be through the formation of an amide bond.

An oligonucleotide can be freed from a solid support by hydrolysis ofthe linker, such as by treatment with ammonia. Terminal tritylprotecting groups can be removed before cleavage during synthesis cycleor after cleavage by treatment with 80% acetic acid and the oligomerscan optionally be purified using, for example, polyacrylamide gelelectrophoresis, HPLC, FPLC.

In an alternative method of solid phase synthesis, the pPNA: HypNA dimer(IX) or pPNA:SerNA dimer (XI) can be used as a unit of synthesis, andsynthesis can be through the formation of amide bonds between dimers. Inthis case, attachment to a derivatized solid support can be as describedfor solid phase phosphotriester synthesis, above, and the terminal aminogroup of a pPNA: HypNA dimer or pPNA: SerNA dimer is preferablyprotected, for example with DMTr, MMTr, Tr, TMDMS, or tetrahydropyranyl.The phosphate group of a pPNA: HypNA dimer or pPNA:SerNA dimer ispreferably protected, for example with, 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy,phenoxy, 2-methylphenoxy, or 2-cyanoethoxy, most preferably with1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyloxy. pPNA:HypNA dimer or pPNA:SerNA dimersare added to the solid support carrying, for example, a linker with afree amino group, as described for the phosphotriester method, above.Coupling can be performed using reagents that can catalyze the formationof an amide bond, for example, TPSNT. Additional pPNA: HypNA dimer orpPNA: SerNA dimers carrying appropriate protecting groups, can becoupled to the growing oligomer by the formation of amide bonds.Additional dimers, or optionally monomers, including but not limited todimers and monomers of the present invention, optionally includingnucleic acid monomers, carrying appropriate protecting groups, can becoupled to the growing oligomer by the formation of amide, ester, orphosphoester or phosphonoester bonds using catalytic reagents known inthe art. Appropriate washes are performed between synthesis cycles toremove unincorporated precursors. When synthesis of the oligomer iscomplete, phosphate protecting groups can be removed, for example, bytreatment with thiophenol-triethylamine dioxane. Any N-protecting groupscan also be removed, for example by treatment with ammonia. Cleavage ofa completed oligonucleotide analogue oligomer from a solid support canalso be accomplished by treatment with ammonia. Oligomers can optionallybe purified using, for example, polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis,HPLC, FPLC.

Oligonucleotide Analogues Coupled to a Polymerizable Compound

The present invention also includes oligonucleotide analogues of thepresent invention coupled to polymerizable compounds. Preferredoligonucleotide analogues that can be coupled to a polymerizablecompound include oligonucleotide analogues oligomers of formulas (XII)and (XIII) of the present invention, described herein, and compoundscomprising the oligomers of formulas (XII) and (XIII). Such oligomersand compounds comprising oligomers can be of any length or basecomposition, and can optionally include other moieties, such as, but notlimited to, nucleotides, nucleic acid molecules, detectable labels, orspecific binding members.

Preferably, an oligonucleotide analogue is bound to a monomer of apolymerizable compound. Preferred oligonucleotide analogues of thepresent invention coupled to monomers of a polymerizable compound arecompounds (XIV) and (XV) depicted in FIG. 3 b. Preferably, a monomerwith an oligonucleotide analogue covalently attached to it can form apolymer with other monomers of the polymerizable compound underpolymerizing conditions. A polymerizable compound of the presentinvention can be any polymerizable compound, but preferably is apolymerizable compound that can be polymerized without the use of veryhigh temperatures or extremes of pH that can affect the structure ofoligonucleotide analogues that are bound to the polymerizable compound.Preferred polymerizable compounds for use in the present inventioninclude ethylene-containing monomer units, including acrylamide,methacrylamide, and other acrylamide derivatives, acrylic acid,methacrylic acid, and other derivatives of acrylic acid.

A polymerizable compound can be coupled to an oligonucleotide analogueof them present invention by any appropriate means. The coupling can bedirect or indirect and can be at either terminus of the oligonucleotideanalogue, or at any position along the oligonucleotide analogue. Directcoupling of a polymerizable compound to an oligonucleotide analog of thepresent invention can occur by covalent binding of the polymerizablecompound to the backbone or to a nucleobase or other ligand. Anoligonucleotide analogue can be derivatized to add groups, such asthiols or amines, to which a polymerizable compound can be coupled.

Preferably, however, coupling of a polymerizable compound of the presentinvention can be through a linker that provides spacing between theoligonucleotide analogue and the polymerizable compound. The linker ispreferably an organic molecule, and can be of any length, which can beselected depending on the application in which the coupledoligonucleotide is to be used. Longer linkers can, for example, allowthe oligonucleotide to extend outward from a polymer that can coat asurface. Linkers can be selected based on knowledge of chemicalstructures and their properties using criteria such as polarity, whichconfers water solubility, their lack of interaction (either specific ornonspecific binding or strong repulsion) with the oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention, their flexibility, and theirstability under conditions of high temperature that can be used duringhybridization of oligonucleotide analogues. Chemical linkers should alsobe stable and unreactive under conditions of polymerization of thepolymerizable compound and conditions of oligonucleotide hybridization.However, in some aspects it can be preferable to employ a linker that iscleavable under specific and controllable conditions. For example, alinker can comprise disulfide bonds that can be chemically cleaved withdithiothreitol (Mattson et al. (1993) Molecular Biology Reports 17:167-183), and particular linkers can also be cleavable with enzymes orchemical agents. Preferred linkers of the present invention includepolyethylene glycol, polyvinyl alcohol, polyvinyl pyrrolidone, and thelinkers depicted in FIG. 6.

Coupling of a linker to an oligonucleotide analog of the presentinvention can occur by covalent binding of the polymerizable compound tothe backbone or to a nucleobase or other ligand. An oligonucleotideanalogue can be derivatized to add groups, such as thiols or amines, towhich a linker can be coupled. Coupling of a polymerizable compound to alinker can be by any means that results in the formation of a covalentbond, and can optionally be through functional groups that can be addedon the polymerizable compound, the linker, or both.

In a preferred embodiment, a monomer of a polymerizable compound iscoupled to an oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention whilethe oligonucleotide analogue is coupled to a solid support. In oneaspect of this preferred embodiment depicted in FIG. 6 and exemplifiedin Example 19, an oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention ismade by solid phase synthesis on a solid support, and after completionof the synthesis of the oligonucleotide analogue, an acrylamide monomeris covalently attached to the “5′ end” of the oligonucleotide analoguewhile the oligonucleotide analogue is still on the solid support.Preferably, the attachment occurs through a linker. Following theaddition of the acrylamide monomer, the oligonucleotide analogue can bereleased from the solid support.

In another preferred embodiment, also depicted in FIG. 6 and exemplifiedin Example 18, an oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention issynthesized on a solid support and the attachment of the oligonucleotideanalogue to the solid support is through an abasic ribose unit. Afterthe completion of chain elongation, the oligonucleotide plus a “3“end”ribose unit is released from the solid support by treatment withammonia, the ribose unit is derivatized dialdehyde and an acrylamidemonomer is coupled to the oligonucleotide through the substitutedN-alkylmorpholine linker.

Oligonucleotide analogues coupled to polymerizable compounds canoptionally be purified by any suitable method known in the art (forexample, PAGE, HPLC, or FPLC). The oligonucleotide analogues coupled topolymerizable compounds can be polymerized with at least onepolymerizable unit that is not coupled to an oligonucleotide oroligonucleotide analogue under conditions that promote polymerization.In preferred embodiments of the invention, one or more oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention that are coupled to acrylamide orderivatized acrylamide monomers are polymerized with acrylamide orderivatized acrylamide monomers that are not coupled to oligonucleotideanalogues.

Depending upon the polymerizable compound, polymerization can beinitiated by heat, light, chemical agents, ionizing radiation, orcombinations thereof (Sandler and Karo (1992) Polymer Synthesis Vol. 1,Academic Press; Sandler and Karo (1994) Polymer Synthesis Vol. 2,Academic Press). For example, photosensitizing polymerizing agents suchas benzophenone, camphoquinone, riboflavin, benzoin, or benzoin ethylether can be used. Initiators such as 2,2′azobis(isobutyronitrile) anddibenzoyl peroxide decompose at temperatures above 50 degrees C. to formfree radicals that promote polymerization of ethylene-containingpolymers. A preferred initiator for use in the present invention is acombination of ammonium persulfate andN,N,N′,N′-tetramethylethylenediamine (TEMED) that are able to polymerizeacrylamide and its derivatives. Cross-linking reagents such asbis-acrylamide can also be added to the polymerization reaction toincrease the strength of the resulting polymer. The present inventionincludes oligonucleotide analogues coupled to polymerizable compounds inpolymerized matrices, including oligonucleotide analogues coupled topolymerizable compounds in polymerized matrices that are hybridized tonucleic acid molecules.

II Methods of Detecting Nucleic Acids Using Oligonucleotide Analogues

Oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can also be used fordetection of nucleic acids. Such detection methods include: providing asample, contacting at least one oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention with the sample under conditions that allow hybridization ofoligonucleotide analogues to nucleic acid molecules, and detecting oneor more nucleic acid molecules of the sample that have hybridized to oneor more oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention.

A sample can be from any source, and can be a biological sample, such asa sample from an organism or a group of organisms from the same ordifferent species. A biological sample can be a sample of bodily fluid,for example, a blood sample, serum sample, lymph sample, a bone marrowsample, ascites fluid, pleural fluid, pelvic wash fluid, ocular fluid,urine, semen, sputum, or saliva. A biological sample can also be anextract from cutaneous, nasal, throat, or genital swabs, or extracts offecal material. Biological samples can also be samples of organs ortissues, including tumors. Biological samples can also be samples ofcell cultures, including both cell lines and primary cultures of bothprokaryotic and eukaryotic cells.

A sample can be from the environment, such as from a body of water orfrom the soil, or from a food, beverage, or water source, an industrialsource, workplace area, public area, or living area. A sample can be anextract, for example a liquid extract of a soil or food sample. A samplecan be a solution made from washing or soaking, or suspending a swabfrom, articles such as tools, articles of clothing, artifacts, or othermaterials.

A sample can be an unprocessed or a processed sample, where processingcan involve steps that increase the purity, concentration, oraccessibility of components of the sample to facilitate the analysis ofthe sample. As nonlimiting examples, processing can include steps thatreduce the volume of a sample, remove or separate components of asample, solubilize a sample or one or more sample components, ordisrupt, modify, expose, release, or isolate components of a sample.Nonlimiting examples of such procedures are centrifugation,precipitation, filtration, homogenization, cell lysis, binding ofantibodies, cell separation, etc. For example, in some preferredembodiments of the present invention, the sample is a blood sample thatis at least partially processed, for example, by the removal of redblood cells, by concentration, by selection of one or more cell or virustypes (for example, white blood cells or pathogenic cells), or by lysisof cells, etc.

Another preferred sample is a solution of at least partially purifiednucleic acid molecules. The nucleic acid molecules can be from a singlesource or multiple sources, and can comprise DNA, RNA, or both. Forexample, a solution of nucleic acid molecules can be a sample that wassubjected to any of the steps of cell lysis, concentration, extraction,precipitation, nucleic acid selection (such as, for example, poly A RNAselection or selection of DNA sequences comprising Alu elements), ortreatment with one or more enzymes. The sample can also be a solutionthat comprises synthetic nucleic acid molecules.

An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can be anyoligonucleotide analogue disclosed herein, or any oligonucleotideanalogue comprising a monomer or dimer disclosed herein. Anoligonucleotide analogue used in the methods of the present inventioncan be of any length and of any base composition, and can comprise oneor more nucleic acid moieties, peptides, proteins lipids, carbohydrates,steroids, and other biochemical and chemical moieties. Anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can be provided insolution or bound to a solid support. In some preferred embodiments ofthe present invention, the oligonucleotide analogues comprise HypNA andpPNA residues, and can comprise HypNA and pPNA residues in ratios fromabout 2:1 to about 1:3. More preferably, the oligonucleotide analoguesused in the methods of the present invention comprise ratios of HypNA topPNA residues from about 1:1 to about 1:2.

Conditions that favor hybridization between oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention and target nucleic acid molecules can bedetermined empirically by those skilled in the art, and can includeoptimal incubation temperatures, salt concentrations, length and basecompositions of oligonucleotide analogue probes, and concentrations ofoligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules of the sample.Preferably, hybridization is performed in the presence of at least onemillimolar magnesium and at a pH that is above 6.0. In some embodiments,it may be necessary or desirable to treat a sample to render nucleicacid molecules in the sample single-stranded prior to hybridization.Examples of such treatments include, but are not limited to, treatmentwith base (preferably followed by neutralization), incubation at hightemperature, or treatment with nucleases.

Of particular relevance in carrying out the methods of the presentinvention is the ability to manipulate the ratios of oligonucleotidemonomer types in an oligonucleotide analogue probe to achieve particularbinding affinities of oligonucleotide analogues. For example,oligonucleotide analogue probes that comprise HypNA and pPNA residues indifferent proportions can hybridize to the same target nucleic acidmolecule with different affinities (see FIG. 4 a).

In addition, because the salt dependence of hybridization to nucleicacids is largely determined by the charge density of the backbone of ahybridizing oligonucleotide analogue, increasing the ratio of pPNAmonomers in a HypNA-pPNA oligomer or a SerNA-pPNA oligomer of thepresent invention can increase the salt dependence of hybridization.This can be used to advantage in the methods of the present inventionwhere it can in some aspects be desirable to be able to increase thestringency of hybridization by changing salt conditions, for example, orrelease a hybridized nucleic acid by reducing the salt concentration. Inyet other aspects of the present invention, it can be desirable to havehigh-affinity binding of an oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention to a nucleic acid in very low salt. In this case, maintaininga ratio of close to 1:1 of HypNA to pPNA monomers in an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention is advantageous.

The high degree of specificity of oligonucleotide analogues of thepresent invention in binding to nucleic acid molecules allow thepractitioner to select hybridization conditions that can favordiscrimination between nucleic acid sequences that comprise a stretch ofsequence that is completely complementary to at least a portion of oneor more oligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules thatcomprise a stretch of sequence that comprises a small number ofnon-complementary bases within a substantially complementary sequence.For example, hybridization or wash temperatures can be selected thatpermit stable hybrids between oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention and nucleic acid molecules that are completely complementaryalong a stretch of sequence but promote dissociation of hybrids betweenoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention and nucleic acidmolecules that are not completely complementary, including those thatcomprise one or two base mismatches along a stretch of complementarysequence. (See, for example, Examples 20, 27, 28, and 29). The selectionof a temperature for hybridization and washes can be dependent, at leastin part, on other conditions, such as the salt concentration, theconcentration of oligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules,the relative proportions of oligonucleotide analogues to nucleic acidmolecules, the length of the oligomers to be hybridized, the basecomposition of the oligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules,the monomer composition of the oligonucleotide analogue molecules, etc.In addition, when selecting for conditions that favor stable hybrids ofcompletely complementary molecules and disfavor stable hybrids betweenoligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules that are mismatchedby one or more bases, additional conditions can be taken into account,and, where desirable, altered, including but not limited to, the lengthof the oligonucleotide analogue to be hybridized, the length of thestretch of sequence of complementarity between oligonucleotide analoguesand nucleic acid molecules, the number of non-complementary bases withina stretch of sequence of complementarity, the identity of mismatchedbases, the identity of bases in the vicinity of the mismatched bases,and the relative position of any mismatched bases along a stretch ofcomplementarity. (See, for example, Examples 20, 27, 28, and 29.) Thoseskilled in the art of nucleic acid hybridization would be able todetermine favorable hybridization and wash conditions in usingoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention for hybridization tonucleic acid molecules, depending on the particular application.“Favorable conditions” can be those favoring stable hybrids betweenoligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules that are, at leastin part, substantially complementary, including those that comprise oneor more mismatches.

“Favorable conditions” can be those favoring stable hybrids betweenoligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules that are, at leastin part, completely complementary and disfavor or destabilized hybridsbetween molecules that are not completely complementary.

Using methods such as those disclosed herein, the melting temperature ofoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention hybridized to nucleicacid molecules of different sequences can be determined and can be usedin determining favorable conditions for a given application. It is alsopossible to empirically determine favorable hybridization conditions by,for example, hybridizing nucleic acid molecules to oligonucleotideanalogues that are attached to a solid support and detecting hybridizedcomplexes.

Target nucleic acid molecules that are bound to oligonucleotide analogueprobes of the present invention can be conveniently and efficientlyseparated from unbound nucleic acid molecules of the survey populationby the direct or indirect attachment of oligonucleotide analogue probesto a solid support. A solid support can be washed at high stringency toremove nucleic acid molecules that are not bound to oligonucleotideanalogue probes. However, the attachment of oligonucleotide analogueprobes to a solid support is not a requirement of the present invention.For example, in some applications bound and unbound nucleic acidmolecules can be separated by centrifugation through a matrix or byphase separation or some by other forms of separation (for example,differential precipitation) that can optionally be aided by chemicalgroups incorporated into the oligonucleotide analogue probes (see, forexample, U.S. Pat. No. 6,060,242 issued May 9, 2000, to Nie et al.).

Detection methods for bound nucleic acids are well known in the art, andcan include the use of a detectable label that is attached to orincorporated into nucleic acid molecules of the survey population orthat becomes bound to or incorporated into a hybridized target nucleicacid molecule or hybridized target nucleic acid molecule complex.Detectable labels for nucleic acid molecules are well-known in the art,and comprise fluorescent molecules such as Cy3 and Cy5, radioisotopes,mass-altered chemical groups, specific binding members such as biotinthat can be detected by signal-generating molecules, and the like.Detectable labels can also be incorporated into or attached tooligonucleotide analogues of the present invention, for example, incases where sandwich hybridization using a signal oligonucleotideanalogue is used for detection, or detection is performed using aspecific binding member such as an antibody that recognizesoligonucleotide analogue/nucleic acid molecule complexes. Solid supportscan be scanned, exposed to film, visually inspected, etc. to determinethe presence of a detectable label and thereby determine the binding ofa target nucleic acid molecule.

A preferred detection method for nucleic acids bound to oligonucleotideanalogues includes staining of hybridized nucleic acids/oligonucleotideanalogues with nucleic acid stains, such as intercalating dyes. Becauseof the different backbone structure of PNAs with respect to nucleicacids, nucleic acid intercalating dyes that bind to nucleic acids do notsubstantially bind to PNAs. Hybridized complexes that comprise certainoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention that comprise pPNAresidues, such as, for example, HypNA-pPNA oligomers, hybridized tonucleic acid molecules, however, are able to bind intercalating nucleicacid dyes. This is in contrast to hybridized complexes of “classical”PNAs and nucleic acid molecules that do not stain appreciably withintercalating nucleic acid stains such as ethidium bromide (Wittung etal. Nucleic Acids Research 22: 5371-5377 (1994)). In particular,intercalating fluorescent nucleic acid stains such as, for example,ethidium stains and cyanine dyes, such as, not limited to, ethidumbromide; ethidium homodimers;1-ethyl-2-[3-(1-ethylnapthol[1,2-d]thiazolin-2-ylidine)-2-methylpropenyl]napthol[1,2-d]thiazoliumbromide (“Stains all”); the cyanine dyes “PicoGreen”, “OliGreen”,Ribogreen”, SYBR Fold, SYBR Green 1, SYBR Green 11, SYBR DX, and CyQUANTGR, all available from Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.; the TO-PROfamily of monomeric cyanine dyes (including PO-PRO-1, BO-PRO-1,YO-PRO-1, TO-PRO-1, JO-PRO-1, PO-PRO-3, LO-PRO-1, BO-PRO-3, YO-PRO-3,TO-PRO-3, TO-PRO-5); and the TOTO family of cynanine dimers, includingPOPO-1, BOB-1, YOYO-1, JOJO-1, POPO-3, LOLO-1, BOBO-3, YOYO-3, andTOTO-3), can be useful in the present invention due to their ability tostain nucleic acid molecules hybridized to oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention, but not unhybridized oligonucleotide analogues.Use of these stains can therefore preclude conjugative chemical orenzymatic labeling of the survey population of nucleic acid molecules,or of the target nucleic acid molecules, or of the hybridized complexesto be detected.

Certain dimeric intercalating nucleic acid stains, such as, for example,ethidium homodimers and dimeric cyanine dyes such as TOTO and itsderivatives (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.), can be especially usefulin the methods of the present invention. These dyes are highlysensitive, stable to electrophoresis, and bind quantitatively. Thus,dimeric intercalating dyes such as ethidium dimers and cyanine dimers,as they are known in the art or become known in the art, can be used torapidly detect the presence of nucleic acid molecules hybridized tooligonucleotide analogues, such as nucleic acid molecules hybridized tooligonucleotide analogues attached to a solid support, with little or nobackground staining in the absence of hybridization. The use ofintercalating dyes to detect the presence of nucleic acids is known inthe art (see, for example, Rye et al. Nucleic Acids Research 20:2803-2812 (1992)), and many of these dyes are commercially availablefrom, for example, Molecular Probes (Eugene, Oreg.). It is contemplatedthat intercalating nucleic acid dyes that are developed in the future,such as, but not limited to, those with new spectral properties, canalso be used in the methods of the present invention.

Oligonucleotide Analogue Probes on Solid Supports

For detection of nucleic acids, one or more oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention can be provided on a solid support. Because oftheir greatly increased stability with respect to natural nucleic acids,oligonucleotide analogues are particularly well suited to being attachedto solid supports, as the solid supports can be used repeatedly withoutdegradation of the immobilized probes. Preferably, an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention that is attached to a solid support isfrom about six to about 1,000 residues in length, more preferably fromabout 12 to about 60 residues in length. An oligonucleotide analogue ofthe present invention can be covalently or noncovalently, reversibly orirreversibly, bound to a solid support. Reversible binding of anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention to a solid support canbe through specific binding members or other means, for example, byelectrostatic interactions (see, for example, WO 00/34521, hereinincorporated by reference in its entirety). A solid support can comprisea membrane, such as a nitrocellulose or nylon membrane; paper (filterpaper, cellulose); a bead, such as a magnetic bead; a polymer such assepharose or polyacrylamide; a glass, silicon, metal, ceramic, plastic,or polymeric surface structure, or any combination of these. A preferredsolid support is a chip or array comprised of any suitable material (forexample, a nylon membrane, a glass slide, an acrylamide layer, a plasticmultiwell plate, etc.) to which a plurality of oligonucleotide analoguesare directly or indirectly coupled.

A solid support can also be a particle or bead that can comprise glass,can comprise one or more plastics or polymers, such as, for example,polystyrene, polyacrylamide, sepaharose, agarose, cellulose or dextran,and/or can comprise metals, particularly paramagnetic metals, such asiron.

One preferred solid support of the present invention is a chip or arraythat comprises a flat surface, and that may comprise glass, silicon,nylon, polymers, plastics, ceramics, or metals. Oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention are attached to the surface, suchthat the attached oligonucleotide analogue molecules are preferably atleast partially complementary to one or more target nucleic acidsequences, such as sequences comprising single nucleotide polymorphisms(SNPs) or sequences comprising at least a portion of identified orunidentified genes (such as expressed sequence tags (ESTs)), and arearranged on the array at known locations so that positive hybridizationevents may be correlated to the presence of a nucleic acid molecule of aparticular sequences in a sample from which the survey nucleic acidpopulation is derived.

A number of different array configurations for nucleic acids, peptides,and peptide nucleic acids and methods for their production are known tothose of skill in the art and disclosed in U.S. Pat. Nos. 5,445,934;5,242,974; 5,384,261; 5,405,783; 5,412,087; 5,429,807; 5,436,327;5,472,672; 5,527,681; 5,545,531; 5,554,501; 5,571,639; 5,624,711;5,658,734; 5,700,637; and 6,280,946; WO 99/60156, WO 01/38565, WO99/60156, and WO 01/01144; the disclosures of which are hereinincorporated by reference in their entireties. The processes ofattachment and, where applicable, synthesis, of polymers on a solidsupport can be modified to those compatible with oligonucleotidesanalogues of the present invention.

Direct coupling of oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention toa solid support can be achieved by, for example, UV crosslinking, or bychemical attachment using a derivatized surface and functional groups onthe oligonucleotide analogue. For example, the functional group on theoligonucleotide analogue can be an amine, such as the amine of aterminal oligonucleotide analogue moiety, or, for example, an arylaminethat is part of a derivatized terminal monomer. The surface of the solidsupport can comprise activated carboxylic acid groups, for example,N-hydroxysuccinimidyl esters. Alternatively, the oligonucleotideanalogue can comprise an activated carboxylic acid group, and thesurface of the solid support can comprise amine groups. Methods forproducing condensation reactions to produce amide bonds betweenactivated carboxyl and amines, such as those usingN,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) or1-(3-dimethylaminopropyl)-3-ethylcarbodiimide hydrochloride (EDC) areknown in organic chemistry and in the attachment of polymers to othercompounds, moieties, or surfaces. Other groups can also be used forcovalent attachment of oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention to a solid support, such as, but not limited to, thiol,thiolester thio urea, isothiocyanate, isocyanate, ether, carbamate,maleimide, or aldehyde groups.

Indirect coupling of oligonucleotide analogues of the present inventionto solid supports can include the use of linkers that can be coupled tooligonucleotide analogues and to a solid support. The linker can be anorganic molecule that can be attached to the oligonucleotide analogueduring synthesis of the oligonucleotide analogue, or a linker can beattached to the oligonucleotide analogue after its synthesis. Linkersare preferably hydrophilic and nonreactive with the solid support andnucleic acids, and can include, as nonlimiting examples, dioxaoctanoicacid and derivatives thereof, polyethylene glycol and derivativesthereof, polyvinyl alcohol and derivatives thereof, and polyvinylpyrrolidone and derivatives thereof. Other means of indirect attachmentof an oligonucleotide analogue to a solid support can be noncovalent,and can include specific binding members, such as, for example, biotinand avidin. For example, a biotin moiety can be coupled to anoligonucleotide analogue oligomer, and a solid support can be coatedwith avidin.

One form of array is a glass slide to which oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention can be bound. Another preferred solid support is adish or multi-well plate made of polymeric plastic, such as polystyrene.In a preferred aspect of the present invention, oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention can be coupled to acrylamide monomersand incorporated into polymers that comprise derivatized polyacrylamidemonomers, that can provide a means for coupling theoligomer-acrylamide-polyacrylamide co-polymer to a derivatized solidsupport having, for example, isothiocyanate, aldehyde or thiol groups(Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 22, 4416-4426).

Yet another preferred solid support of the present invention is aparticle that comprises a spherical or nonflat surface, and that maycomprise glass, polymers (such as, but not limited to, polyacrylamide,agaroses, dextrans, cellulose, or plastics), ceramics, or metals.Nucleic acid molecules can be attached to the particles, which may ormay not be porous. Such particles can be used, for example, to capturenucleic acid molecules by hybridization to oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention that are bound to the particle or particles.Binding of an oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention to aparticle can be direct or indirect, covalent or noncovalent.

It is also possible to synthesize one or more oligonucleotide analoguepolymers on a solid support that can also be used in the detectionmethods of the present invention. For example, one or moreoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can be synthesized ona glass support (optionally attached to the support through a linker)using methods disclosed herein, and the final oligonucleotide analogueproducts can be deprotected but not cleaved from the solid support.

In some preferred embodiments of the present invention, anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention is provided attachedto a solid support, and contacted with a population of nucleic acidmolecules under conditions that permit hybridization of oligonucleotideanalogues and target nucleic acid sequences. (It is also within thescope of the present invention to hybridize oligonucleotide analoguesand nucleic acid molecules in solution, and subsequently attacholigonucleotide analogue moieties to a solid support, such as throughthe use of specific binding members.) Hybridized oligonucleotideanalogue/nucleic acid molecule complexes can be detected by stainingwith intercalating dyes, such as but not limited to, ethidium bromide,ethidium homodimer, TOTO, and YOYO.

In other embodiments, nucleic acid molecules of the survey populationare labeled using any of a number of methods well known in the art ofdetection of nucleic acids. By labeling nucleic acid molecules of thesurvey population, the detection of nucleic acid molecules to a solidsupport comprising oligonucleotide analogues can be detected bydetection of the label. More than one population of nucleic acidmolecules can be labeled with one or more types of label. For example,one population of nucleic acid molecules can be labeled with, forexample, Cy3, and another population of nucleic acid molecules can belabeled with, for example, Cy5. Both populations can be hybridized tothe same solid support comprising oligonucleotide analogues of thepresent invention, either concurrently or sequentially, and thehybridization patterns of the survey populations can be compared.

In yet another alternative, a second “signal oligonucleotide” or,optionally, “signal oligonucleotide analogue” that can be hybridized toa target nucleic acid molecule is detectably labeled. The signaloligonucleotide can bind a target nucleic acid molecule before or afterthe target nucleic acid molecule binds a capture probe. In one aspect,the signal oligonucleotide can be a high affinity oligonucleotideanalogue probe that binds the target molecule, and subsequently thetarget nucleic acid molecule binds an immobilized oligonucleotideanalog, optionally at lower stringency than the solution hybridizationof the signal oligonucleotide binding. (In some aspects of the presentinvention, the stringency of hybridization can optionally be determinedby the ratio of monomers, for example, HypNA to pPNA residues in theimmobilized probe oligonucleotide analogue and the signaloligonucleotide analogue.) In other aspects, the target nucleic acidmolecule can bind an immobilized oligonucleotide analogue probe, and ina second step a signal oligonucleotide, or preferably, oligonucleotideanalogue, that comprises a detectable label can bind the bound targetnucleic acid molecule, in a “sandwich” type hybridization.

Other labeling systems can include incorporating label into a targetnucleic acid molecule-oligonucleotide analogue probe complex that isimmobilized on a solid support using, for example, nucleic acidpolymerases in reactions that incorporate detectably labeled nucleotidesinto the target nucleic acid molecule or oligonucleotide analog probe.Preferably, an oligonucleotide analog probe used in these methodscomprises at least one deoxyribonucleotide or ribonucleotide at its 3′terminus. In these aspects, it is preferable that hybridization of thetarget nucleic acid molecule-oligonucleotide analog probe leaves anoverhang of the target nucleic acid molecule or of the oligonucleotideanalog probe that can act as a template for nucleic acid synthesis.

Oligonucleotide Analogue Probes in Solution

An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention used as a probe forthe detection of target sequences in a sample can also be provided insolution. An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention used as aprobe for the detection of target sequences that is provided in solutioncan comprise a specific binding member, but that is not a requirement ofthe present invention. Preferred specific binding members are biotin,binding domains of proteins (for example, a calmodulin binding domain ora chitin binding domain), and a plurality of histidine residues, suchthat an oligonucleotide analogue probe can be captured by high affinitybinding, for example, on an avidin, calmodulin, chitin, ornickel-NTA-coated surface of a solid support.

In embodiments where an oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention that is provided in solution comprises a specific bindingmember and is used to capture complementary or substantiallycomplementary nucleic acid molecules of the present invention, thenucleic acid molecules of the survey population are preferably labeled.

In some preferred embodiments of the present invention, afterhybridizing oligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules insolution, and subsequently capturing oligonucleotide analogue moietiesto a solid support, such as through the use of specific binding members,the hybridized oligonucleotide analogue/nucleic acid molecule complexescan be detected by staining with intercalating dyes, such as but notlimited to, ethidium bromide, ethidium homodimers, cyanine monomeric andcynanine dimeric stains such as, for example TOTO-1 and YOYO-1. Suchintercalating dyes will not stain oligonucleotide analogues, but willstain nucleic acid molecules hybridized to oligonucleotide analogueswith high sensitivity, providing a simple and reliable way of detectinghybridized nucleic acid molecules.

It is also possible to hybridize oligonucleotide analogues and nucleicacid molecules in solution, and electrophorese the hybridized complexeson a gel or matrix (for example an acrylamide or agarose gel). The gelor matrix can then be stained with an intercalating dye such as, forexample, ethidium homodimer, TOTO, or YOYO. These compounds bindHypNA-pPNA/nucleic acid complexes quantitively and with high affinity.It is also possible to stain the hybridized complexes in solution, priorto electrophoresis, with dyes such as ethidium homodimer, TOTO-1, andYOYO-1, whose binding is stable to electrophoresis. In this way it ispossible to label the products of two or more hybridizations withdifferent survey populations or two or more hybridizations withdifferent probes, stained with different dimeric intercalatingfluorescent dyes having different fluorescence spectra, andelectrophoreses on the same gel or captured on the same solid support.

In an alternative method, an oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention that is provided in solution to be used as a probe for thedetection of target sequences preferably comprises a specific bindingmember. An oligonucleotide analogue probe comprising a specific bindingmember can be hybridized to unlabeled target nucleic acid molecules, thetarget nucleic acid molecule/oligonucleotide analogue probe complexescan be captured on a solid support comprising a complementary specificbinding member, and subsequently the bound target nucleic acid moleculescan be detected by hybridization of a labeled signal oligonucleotide, orsignal oligonucleotide analogue, or by binding of a specific bindingmember such as an antibody that can recognize nucleic acidmolecule/oligonucleotide analogue complexes.

In yet other embodiments, target nucleic acid molecules can be capturedto a solid support using an oligonucleotide analogue probe thatcomprises a specific binding member, and polymerase reactions can beperformed using captured target nucleic acid molecules as templates.Such polymerase reactions may or may not incorporate a detectable labelinto their products. (For example, non-labeled amplification productsmay be electrophoresed on gels, and subsequently detected by staining,or may be sequenced, etc.). Such polymerase reactions can be done on asolid support or following release from a solid support, and can use oneor more primers that are provided after the capture of the targetnucleic acid molecules.

Applications of the Method

The present invention can be directed to detection of nucleic acids in asample, such as, but not limited to, the detection of sequences used foridentification or genotyping of a subject, or the detection of pathogenor contaminant sequences in biological or environmental samples. Themethods of the present invention can also be used to providequantitative information of the copy number of a gene in one or morecells, such as a malignant cell. The methods of the present inventioncan be directed toward pre-natal screening, paternity testing,forensics, crime suspect investigation, genotyping, screening forgenetically-based diseases, etc. The methods of the present inventioncan also be directed toward detecting contaminants or pathogens in food,beverages, water, pharmaceutical products, mail, in public or privateliving, working, or transportation areas, etc.

The methods and compositions of the present invention can also bedirected to the detection of mutations or SNPs. In this regard, the highdegree of sequence specificity of oligonucleotide analogues of thepresent invention can be exploited, such that hybridization conditionsused in the detection methods do not permit the formation of stableduplexes between oligonucleotide analogue probes and survey nucleic acidmolecules that have, for example, single base pair mismatches (see, forexample, Examples 20, 27, 28, and 29). SNP or mutation detection canoptionally be performed on arrays, to which one or more oligonucleotideanalogues have been attached in an ordered fashion to a plurality ofloci, such that the detection of hybridization of a nucleic acidmolecule of a survey population to a position on the array can beindicative of the presence of a particular sequence in the population ofnucleic acid molecules. For example, an array used for SNP or mutationdetection can comprise, as nonlimiting examples, a nylon membrane, aglass surface, or a multiwell plastic dish, that comprises a pluralityof oligonucleotide analogues, each with a particular sequence that is atleast partially complementary to a target sequence. A population ofnucleic acid molecules can be contacted with the array under conditionsthat promote hybridization between oligonucleotide analogues and nucleicacid molecules. Preferably, the array is washed using conditions thatdiscriminate between complementary and mismatched oligonucleotideanalogue/nucleic acid molecule complexes (for example, at a temperaturethat destabilizes mismatched complexes), and hybridized complexes aredetected by staining with an intercalating dye, or by the use of labelsincorporated into or attached to nucleic acid molecules of the surveypopulation, or by the use of labels incorporated into or attached tosignal oligonucleotide analogues, nucleic acid molecules that aresubsequently contacted with the array. Other directly or indirectlylabeled specific binding members, such as antibodies that recognizenucleic acid/oligonucleotide analogue complexes, can also be used fordetection).

Because of the high degree of sequence specificity of oligonucleotideanalogues for nucleic acid molecules under a wide range of saltconcentrations, SNP detection can be performed rapidly and reliablyusing temperature adjustments to achieve the desired hybridizationstringency.

In some embodiments, a set of one or more oligonucleotide analogues isfixed in a plurality of positions on the array, and two or morepopulations of nucleic acid molecules can be contacted with the samearray to obtain data on more than one sample from a singlehybridization. (For example, different populations of nucleic acidmolecules can be applied to different wells of a microtiter dish.) Inother embodiments, a single array that can comprise from one tothousands of oligonucleotide analogues, each with a different sequenceof nucleobases, can be contacted with a single nucleic acid population.

The methods of the present invention can also be directed to expressionprofiling, such as by the use of arrays comprising oligonucleotideanalogues that comprise EST sequences or sequences of identified orunidentified genes or gene fragments. Expression profiling can bedirected toward identifying genes expressed by one or more organisms ata particular time, at a particular stage of development, in a particularstate (such as a disease state), or under particular conditions.

It is recognized that the present invention can also be used to detectportions of genes, and thus the present invention can detect a region ofa gene that is common to different gene transcripts and/or can detectmore than one region of a single gene transcript. In these aspects probenucleic acid molecules of the present invention can be designed suchthat they are at least partially complementary or at least partiallysubstantially complementary to one or more than one region of aparticular gene, and/or to one or more regions of a gene that may beshared among different gene transcripts, such as splice variants(“isoforms”) of gene transcripts, gene transcripts originating fromdifferent members of a gene family, or variant gene transcripts producedby viruses.

The methods of the present invention can also be used to detect oridentify pathogens or contaminants. (“Identify” can mean determining thespecies, strain, type, or subtype or a pathogen or contaminant.) Thepathogens or contaminants can be viruses, bacteria, parasites, or fungi.For example, the viruses detected using the methods of the presentinvention can be influenza, rubella, varicella-zoster, hepatitis A,hepatitis B, hepatitis C, herpes simplex, polio, smallpox, humanimmunodeficiency virus, vaccinia, rabies, Epstein Barr, retroviruses, orrhinoviruses. The pathogens or contaminants can also be bacteria suchas, but not limited to, Bacillus anthracis, Escherichia coli,Mycobacterium tuberculosis, Salmonella, Staphylococcus, Chlamydia orStreptococcus. The pathogens can be parasites such as Plasmodium,Trypanosoma, Toxoplasma gondii, or Onchocerca.

In these detections methods, the survey population of nucleic acidmolecules or nucleic acid molecules synthesized therefrom, canoptionally be labeled. For example, for expression profiling, a labelsuch as a fluorophore or a radioisotope can be incorporated into cDNAmolecules that are synthesized from a population of RNA molecules in asample using reverse transcriptase. In another example, DNA molecules ofa sample can be used as templates for amplification reactions or“fill-in” polymerase reactions (where the sample DNA has been digestedwith a restriction nuclease that results in overhangs) that incorporatelabeled monomers. A nucleic acid population from a sample can also belabeled without the use of polymerases, for example, by biotinylation orby kinasing with a radiolabeled phosphate moiety.

Oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can also be used asprobes in detection methods such as Northern and Southern blots, dotblots, in situ RNA detection performed on cells or tissues, fluorescencein situ hybridization (FISH) on cells or chromosome preparations, etc.(See, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,280,946, herein incorporated byreference in its entirety.) Such oligonucleotide analogue probes cancomprise labels, such as, but not limited to, radiolabels andfluorescent labels, as described herein.

Kits

The present invention includes compositions in the form ofoligonucleotide analogues linked to solid supports, where a solidsupport can be a bead or particle, a membrane, or a surface comprisingat least in part, plastic, a polymers, glass, ceramic, or metal. Thepresent invention also includes oligonucleotide analogues conjugated topolymerizable compounds. Oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention coupled to solid supports or to polymerizable compounds can beprovided in a kit that can optionally include one or more buffers,solutions, reagents, enzymes, or nucleic acid molecules. Kits can alsoinclude instructions for use.

The present invention also includes arrays comprised of any suitablematerial comprising at least two oligonucleotide analogue molecules ofthe present invention, and kits comprising at least one array thatcomprises oligonucleotide analogue molecules comprising at least twodifferent nucleobase sequences. Kits comprising oligonucleotideanalogues can also optionally include one or more comprise buffers,solutions, reagents, enzymes, or nucleic acid molecules. Kits can alsoinclude instructions for use.

III. Methods of Separating, Isolating, and Purifying Nucleic AcidMolecules Using Oligonucleotide Analogues

Another aspect of the invention provides for the separation, isolationor purification of at least one nucleic acid molecule using at least oneoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention. In these aspects ofthe invention, an oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention canbe used as a capture probe that can hybridize to one or more targetnucleic acid molecules of a population of nucleic acid molecules andthereby be used to separate the one or more target nucleic acidmolecules from the remaining population. In some aspects of the presentinvention, the separated nucleic acid molecules are retained for furtherdetection, analysis, or biochemical and molecular biological procedures,such as, but not limited to, amplification; ligation; chemical,nuclease, or restriction enzyme cleavage; reverse transcription;transcription; translation; and the like. In some other aspects of thepresent invention, the separated nucleic acid molecule are removed fromthe population of nucleic acid molecules, and the remaining populationof nucleic acid molecules can be used for further detection, analysis,or biochemical and molecular biological procedures, such as, but notlimited to, hybridization detection assays (including, but not limitedto Southern, Northern, slot or dot blot, and array hybridization),nuclease protection assays, binding assays (such as, for example, DNAbinding protein assays or RNA binding protein assays), amplification,ligation, restriction enzyme digestion, reverse transcription, in vivoor in vitro assays, in vitro or in vivo transcription, in vivo or invitro translation, and the like.

The method includes: providing a population of nucleic acid molecules,contacting the population of nucleic acid molecules with one or morecapture probes that comprises one or more oligonucleotide analogues ofthe present invention under conditions that allow hybridization ofoligonucleotide analogues and nucleic acid molecules, and separating atleast one target nucleic acid that is hybridized to the one or morecapture probes from the members of the population of nucleic acidmolecules that are not hybridized to the one or more capture probes.

The population of nucleic acid molecules can be from a sample, where asample can be a sample from an organism, from a group of organisms ofthe same or different species, or from the environment, for example, awater or soil sample. The sample can be a bodily fluid, such as blood,lymph, cerebrospinal fluid, amniotic fluid, semen, urine, or saliva, orcan be an extract of for example, a nasal swab, fecal sample, ormaterial extracted from clothing, tools, upholstery, etc.

The population of nucleic acid molecules can also be from one or moreorganisms or from a culture, such as a bacterial culture, fungalculture, plant tissue or cell culture, or from vertebrate orinvertebrate tissue or cell culture (from primary cells or cell lines).

The population of nucleic acid molecules can be not purified, partiallypurified, or substantially purified from a sample, one or moreorganisms, or one or more cultures. Purification procedures for nucleicacids are well known in the art, and can include, for example, lysis ofcells, pulverization, homogenization, or maceration of tissue,extraction of nucleic acid from solid or porous surfaces with buffers,centrifugation, precipitation, extraction with organic solvents,enzymatic digestion, etc.

Preferably, a capture probe comprises at least a portion of anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention. A capture probe ofthe present invention can be of any length, but preferably a captureprobe is at least six residues in length. Preferably, at least a portionof a capture probe is provided in the single stranded state, andpreferably, at least a portion of a capture probe that is provided inthe single stranded state is complementary to or substantiallycomplementary to at least one nucleic acid molecule known to be orsuspected of being in the nucleic acid population. Preferably, theportion of a capture probe that is provided in the single stranded statethat is complementary to or substantially complementary to at least onenucleic acid molecule known to be or suspected of being in the nucleicacid population is at least six residues in length, more preferablybetween about eight and about 120 residues in length, and mostpreferably between about ten and about 60 residues in length.

A capture probe preferably includes at least one specific bindingmember, but this is not a requirement of the present invention. Examplesof specific binding members useful in a capture probe of the presentinvention include nucleic acid or nucleic acid analogue sequences,biotin, a plurality of histidine residues, a peptide sequence such asthe hemagglutin tag sequence, the myc tag sequence, or the FLAG tagsequence, or other peptide or non-peptide specific binding members thatare known or become known in the art. Preferably, the specific bindingmember that is comprised by a capture probe of the present invention isrecognized by a specific binding member that is directly or indirectlyattached to a solid support, such as a bead, column matrix, gel matrix,membrane, or a glass, silicon, metal, or polymeric surface, such as, butnot limited to, a chip or array. Capture probes can optionally include adetectable label, such as a reporter group.

One or more capture probes comprising one or more sequence of bases canbe provided for hybridization to one or more nucleic acid molecules ofthe population. For example, two or more capture probes can be provided,wherein each capture probe has a different sequence of bases and canhybridize to a different sequence of the same target nucleic acidmolecule. Alternatively or in addition, two or more capture probes canbe provided wherein at least one capture probe can hybridize to a targetnucleic acid molecule that is different from a target nucleic acidmolecule that another capture probe can hybridize to. Where more thanone capture probe is utilized, the capture probes can have the same ordifferent compositions, for example, both may comprise oligonucleotidesanalogues with a 1:1 ratio of HypNA to pPNA residues, or one maycomprise HypNA and PNA residues and another may comprise HypNA and pPNAresidues, or they may have different ratios of HypNA residues to pPNAresidues, or they may have different ratios of HypNA residues to PNAresidues, or they may comprise different reporter groups, specificbinding members, etc.

In one embodiment of this method, a capture probe is provided free insolution. In embodiments where capture probes are provided free insolution, they preferably comprise at least one specific binding memberthat allows a target nucleic acid molecule bound to a capture probe tobe retained, such as by binding of the capture probe to a specificbinding member that is attached to a solid support, although this is nota requirement of the present invention. For example, it is possible toseparate nucleic acid molecules that are bound to capture probes of thepresent invention by means such as, but not limited to, electrophoresis(in solution or through a matrix), phase separation, passing thehybridized solution through a filter or column (see, for example, U.S.Pat. No. 6,060,242 issued May 9, 2000, to Nie et al.). Such methods canrely on the differential behavior of hybridized and nonhybridizednucleic acid molecules of the population, relying on, for example, thedifferent properties of single and double-stranded nucleic acidmolecules that can optionally be enhanced by using capture probes thatincorporate particular moieties.

In another embodiment of the method, one or more capture probes isprovided that is bound to a solid support. The binding of a captureprobe to a solid support can be direct or indirect. Method for directcoupling of nucleic acids and nucleic acid analogues to derivatizedsurfaces are known in the art and can include specific binding members,linkers, and the use of derivatized groups on the solid support andoligonucleotide analogue.

Optimal conditions for hybridization of capture probes to target nucleicacids can be determined empirically using hybridization and detectionmethods known in the art. Parameters such as the temperature ofhybridization and the length, monomer composition, and nucleobasesequence of the capture probe can be varied to optimize hybridizationconditions for the particular application. Preferably, hybridization isperformed in the presence of at least one millimolar magnesium and at apH that is above 6.0. Of particular utility is the potential to alterthe ratios of HypNA to PNA residues, or HypNA to pPNA residues, incapture probes of the present invention, thereby altering the bindingaffinity of the capture probes. In applications where more than onecapture probe is used, different capture probes can have differentaffinities for their target sequences.

For example, in many cases, solution hybridization of nucleic acids ismore efficient than hybridization of nucleic acids (or nucleic acidanalogues) to target sequences attached to a solid support. In someapplications the separation of one or more target nucleic acid moleculescan be done in more than one hybridization step, where a first step usesa first oligonucleotide analogue as a capture probe to bind a targetnucleic acid molecule in solution, and a second step results in thehybridization of the capture probe that is hybridized to the targetnucleic acid molecule to an immobilized oligonucleotide analogue that isbound to a solid support. The hybridization of the second step can beperformed at a lower stringency than that of the first step, to promotemore efficient hybridization to an immobilized probe. The compositionsof the present invention are well suited to two-step hybridizationmethods, as capture probes and immobilized probes can be designed tohave different affinities by altering the ratios of, for example HypNAresidues to pPNA residues in capture probes and immobilized probes. Inthis way, hybridization conditions such as salt concentration andtemperature do not have to be altered during the procedure.

Nucleic acid molecules that have hybridized to oligonucleotide analoguecapture probes can be separated from unhybridized nucleic acid moleculesby, for example, physically removing the unbound nucleic acids from thesolid support to which the hybridized nucleic acid molecules are bound.This can be performed through pouring or pipeting the nucleic acidsolution from the solid support, or through electrophoresis (forexample, where the solid support is a gel or polymer), gravity,centrifugation, etc. Preferably but optionally, the separation processutilizes washes, which are performed under conditions that do notdisrupt complexes comprising oligonucleotides and nucleic acid moleculesthat are at least partially complementary, but do not promote theformation or can disrupt complexes between oligonucleotides and nucleicacid molecules that are not at least partially complementary. Washconditions that give optimal yield and purity of target nucleic acidmolecules can be determined empirically. Such factors as saltconcentration, temperature, and the presence of denaturants anddetergents are among the conditions that can be varied to optimizeseparation protocols.

The methods of the present invention can be used for the isolation ofany nucleic acid molecule whose sequence is at least partially known.For example, plasmid DNA can be isolated from bacterial culture bepassing a bacterial lysate over a column comprising a matrix to which anoligonucleotide analogue that is at least partially complementary or atleast partially substantially complementary to a sequence found in theplasmid, has been coupled. Partially purified or substantially purifiednucleic acids, including nucleic acids that have been amplified,transcribed in vitro, digested with restriction enzymes, etc., can bepurified by electrophoresis through a matrix such as polyacrylamide towhich a complementary or substantially complementary oligonucleotideanalogue has been coupled. The inherent stability of the oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention, and their high affinity forcomplementary sequences at a range of temperatures and salt conditions,and their ability to bind double-stranded DNA through stranddisplacement, such that hybridization to target nucleic acid moleculesdoes not rely on the single strandedness of the target nucleic acidmolecules, makes them particularly useful in such applications.

Reducing the Occurrence of Abundant RNAs

In one preferred aspect of the present invention, an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention can be used for reducing theoccurrence of one or more RNA molecules in a population of RNA moleculesto be used for the synthesis of cDNA. The method includes: providing apopulation of RNA molecules, contacting the population of RNA moleculeswith one or more capture probes comprising oligonucleotides of thepresent invention under conditions that allow hybridization ofoligonucleotide analogues to nucleic acid molecules, and separating atleast one RNA molecule of the population of RNA molecules that is boundto the one or more capture probes of the present invention from theunbound members of the population of RNA molecules.

In one aspect of the embodiment, the unbound RNA molecules are used forcDNA synthesis. In one example, one or more capture probes comprise aHypNA-PNA oligonucleotide or a HypNA-PNA oligonucleotide that is atleast partially complementary or at least partially substantiallycomplementary to an RNA molecule that is known to be or suspected ofbeing abundant in the population of nucleic acid molecules. By“abundant” is meant that the RNA molecule represents at least 10%, atleast 20%, at least 30%, at least 40%, at least 50%, at least 60%, or atleast 70% of the population of RNA molecules. An abundant RNA moleculecan be a transcript that is highly expressed in the organism or tissuefrom which the population of RNA molecules is derived, for example, aglobin transcript from an RNA population isolated from blood cells, anactin transcript from HeLa cells, or a light harvesting chlorophyllbinding protein transcript from leaf tissue of a plant. Using themethods of the present invention, transcripts from highly expressedgenes can be depleted from the population of RNA molecules that can beused to synthesize cDNA, including cDNA that can be cloned into alibrary and screened for RNA molecules of interest. The representationof cDNAs derived from non-abundant RNA transcripts is greater in thecDNA library than in the original population of RNA molecules,increasing the chances of obtaining such a cDNA from a non-abundant RNAtranscript by screening.

These methods can also be used to separate ribosomal RNAs from apopulation of RNA molecules, where the population of RNA molecules canbe from a prokaryotic or eukaryotic cell. The population of RNA that isdepleted of ribosomal RNA molecules can be used to synthesize DNA, usingoligo T priming (where the population is from eukaryotic cells), randompriming (where the RNA transcripts of interest are not polyadenylated,such as prokaryotic RNA transcripts and nonpolyadenylated eukaryotictranscripts), or priming with specific sequence primers.

In other aspects, the method described above can be used to separateabundant RNA molecules from a population of RNA molecules, and theunbound RNA molecules of the population of RNA molecules can beoptionally used for purposes other than cDNA synthesis, such as nucleicacid hybridization, e.g. “dot blot” or “Northern” hybridization, Rnaseprotection experiments, in vitro or in vivo experiments that includetranslation of at least one of the unbound RNA molecules of thepopulation, and/or reverse transcription, including, but not limited to,reverse transcription followed by amplification reactions.

Isolation of Poly(A) RNA Molecules

Another preferred embodiment of the invention is a method for isolatingpolyadenylated (poly A) RNA molecules from a population of RNAmolecules. The method includes: providing a population of RNA molecules,adding to the population of RNA molecules one or more oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention that comprise an oligo T sequence ofat least six residues, allowing the one or more oligonucleotideanalogues of the present invention to bind to one or more RNA moleculesof the population of RNA molecules, and separating the polyadenylatedRNA molecules of the population of RNA molecules that are bound to theone or more oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention from theunbound RNA molecules of the population of RNA molecules.

The population of RNA molecules can be partially purified orsubstantially purified from a sample, one or more organisms, or culture.Purification procedures for RNA are well known in the art, and caninclude, for example, lysis of cells, pulverization, homogenization, ormaceration of tissue, denaturation of proteins, centrifugation,precipitation, extraction with organic solvents, enzymatic digestion,etc. In certain aspects of the invention, the RNA population is providedin a crude lysate of cells or tissue, that can optionally be treated,for example, with RNAse-free DNAse to remove DNA from the populationthat might otherwise hybridize to an oligo T capture probe of thepresent invention.

An oligo T capture probe of the present invention can comprise anyoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention. Preferably, anoligonucleotide analogue used as an oligo T capture probe of the presentinvention comprises, at least in part, HypNA-PNA or Hyp-pPNAoligonucleotides. An oligonucleotide analogue used as an oligo T captureprobe can have any ratio of Hyp residues to PNA residues or of Hypresidues to pPNA residues, but preferably, the ratio of Hyp residues toPNA residues or of Hyp residues to pPNA residues in at least one regionof an oligonucleotide analogue used as an oligo T capture probe is fromabout 2:1 to about 1:4, most preferably from about 1:1 to about 1:3.Preferably, at least one region of an oligonucleotide analogue used asan oligo T capture probe comprises at least six consecutive thymine(T)-containing, more preferably at least eight thymine (T)-containingresidues. In certain preferred aspects of the present invention, atleast one oligo T capture probe used in the disclosed methods caninclude a sequence of at least ten T residues joined to another sequenceof at least ten T residues by a linker. This clamp structure can formtriple helix structures with RNA sequences that may have secondarystructure around the poly A sequence, including secondary structure thatcause the poly A sequence to be inaccessible to capture by conventionaloligo T capture probes.

An oligonucleotide analogue oligo T capture probe of the presentinvention preferably comprises a specific binding member, but that isnot a requirement of the present invention. Preferred specific bindingmembers are biotin, polyhistidine, and peptide binding domains (such as,but not limited to, calmodulin binding domain and chitin bindingdomain). Preferably, a specific binding member that is attached to anoligonucleotide analogue oligo T capture probe is attached to a terminusof an oligonucleotide analogue oligo T capture probe, but this is notrequired.

Preferably, following addition of one or more oligonucleotide analogueoligo T capture probes of the present invention to a population of RNAmolecules, the population of RNA molecules-oligonucleotide capture probemixture is incubated at a temperature and salt concentration that allowshybridization of an oligo T capture probe to members of the RNApopulation that comprise poly A sequences. In some aspects, the mixtureof oligo T capture probes and population of RNA molecules can optionallybe heated for a period of time at the initial stages of thehybridization, for example to a temperature above 40 degrees C. and lessthan 100 degrees C., more preferably to a temperature greater than 50degrees C. and less than 90 degrees C., to allow unfolding of secondarystructure that may be present in RNA molecules of the population. Thelength of the high temperature incubation can vary, for example, fromabout thirty seconds to over 24 hours, but more conveniently can be fromabout five to about fifteen minutes at about 70 degrees C. Preferably,hybridization is performed in the presence of at least one millimolarmagnesium and at a pH that is above 6.0. The temperature and saltconcentration used will depend, at least in part, on the ratio ofHypNA:pPNA residues in the oligo T capture probe. Optimal saltconcentrations and temperatures for hybridization of a given captureprobe can be determined by hybridization/denaturation experiments, usingmethods known in the art. In many cases (optionally following an initialhigh temperature incubation), hybridization can be performed at roomtemperature for a period of at least ten minutes, preferably for aperiod of at least fifteen minutes, in the presence of from 0.05 to 0.5molar salt.

The mixture of the RNA population with one or more oligonucleotideanalogue oligo T capture probes can be added to a solid support thatcomprises at least one specific binding member that can bind the one ormore oligonucleotide analogue oligo T capture probes. Preferred solidsupports are beads, such as paramagnetic beads that can be captured witha magnet, the surface of plates, such as multiwell plates comprised of apolymer such as polystyrene, and column matrices, such as, for examplesepharose. The specific binding member can be a nucleic acid or nucleicacid analogue, an antibody, an antigen, a protein (such as avidin), aligand (such as nitriloacetic acid-nickel), etc. In certain preferredaspects of the invention, the oligo T capture probe comprises biotin,and the solid support comprises avidin or streptavidin.

In the alternative, one or more oligonucleotide analogue oligo T captureprobes may or may not comprise a specific binding member and is directlyor indirectly coupled to a solid support, such as, but not limited to, abead, the surface of a dish, or a column matrix. In this case, the RNApopulation is added to the solid support that comprises theoligonucleotide analogue oligo T capture probe (for example, is added tothe column or dish, or added to a tube containing beads).

After allowing the specific binding member of the oligonucleotideanalogue oligo T capture probe to bind the specific binding member ofthe solid support (where the capture probe is not already bound to asolid support), unbound nucleic acid molecules of the population can bewashed off, such as by repeated rinses with a buffer compatible witholigo T capture probe binding and specific binding member binding.Preferably, washing takes place in low (less than 50 millimolar) salt,or in the absence of salt. temperature can be elevated, preferably toless than 70 degrees C., but this will depend on other conditions, suchPreferably, the wash buffer includes at least 50 micromolar magnesium,more preferably, at least 1 millimolar magnesium. Optionally, the washbuffer can include Dnase to eliminate any residual DNA. Washes can beperformed at room temperature, or at elevated temperatures. Temperaturesselected for washes can depend on such factors as the salt concentrationof the wash buffer, the length and composition of the PNA probe, etc.

Captured poly A RNA molecules can be eluted from the solid support, forexample, with water. Elution can also be performed in the presence ofdenaturing agents or formamide (from 5 to 20%) or DMSO (from 1 to 20percent). In some preferred aspects of this method, elution is performedusing a low salt buffer or water at a temperature below the Tm of theoligonucleotide analogue oligo T capture probe hybridized to DNA, suchas at room temperature. This can prevent the elution of DNA moleculesthat may be bound to the capture probes. The elution temperature canalso be higher than room temperature, such as, for example attemperatures up to 90 degrees or even higher. The elution time can varyas well, for example, from about one minute in duration to about fifteenminutes or even longer. In some preferred aspects of the invention,elution is performed in water at 75 degrees C. for two minutes.

It will be apparent to those skilled in the art of nucleic acidhybridization and separation that many parameters of hybridization,washing, and elution, such as but not limited to, temperature, duration,salt concentration, presence of denaturants, and the length andcomposition of probe, can affect the yield and quality of nucleic acidisolated by hybridization, such as poly A RNA. It is within the scope ofthe present invention to vary these and other parameters to optimize theisolation procedures using oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention.

The present invention includes kits for poly A RNA isolation thatinclude at least one oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention.The oligonucleotide analogue is preferably provided linked to a specificbinding member. Such kits can also optionally include one or more of thefollowing: a solid support such as beads, preferably comprising at leastone specific binding member, one or more buffers or solutions, water,such as DEPC-treated or HPLC grade water, one or more enzymes, one ormore precipitation reagents, plasticware (such as tubes or plates), oneor more filters, and instructions for use.

IV. Methods of Enhancing or Inhibiting the Activity of an Enzyme orCellular Activity Using Oligonucleotide Analogues of the PresentInvention

The present invention also provides methods for enhancing or inhibitingthe activity of an enzyme or cellular activity using an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention. The method includes: providing atleast one subject, sample or solution comprising an enzyme or cellularactivity and an enzyme or cellular activity substrate, adding anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention to the subject,sample, or solution, and providing conditions under which the enzyme hasat least one activity in the presence or absence of the one or moreoligonucleotide analogues.

A subject, sample, or solution can be an organism, including aprokaryotic or eukaryotic organism, including a human. As used herein,“at least one subject” can refer to one or more organisms or from a cellor tissue culture, such as a bacterial culture, fungal culture, plantcell or tissue culture, or from vertebrate or invertebrate tissue orcell culture (from primary cells or cell lines).

A sample can be a sample from an organism, from a group of organisms ofthe same or different species, or from the environment, for example, awater or soil sample. The sample can be a bodily fluid, such as blood,lymph, cerebrospinal fluid, amniotic fluid, semen, urine, or saliva, orcan be an extract of for example, a nasal swab, fecal sample, ormaterial extracted from clothing, tools, upholstery, etc.

A sample can also be an unpurified, partially purified, or substantiallypurified fraction or extract from a sample (including biological andnonbiological samples), one or more organisms, or culture. Purificationprocedures for many enzymes and activities are known in the art, and caninclude, for example, lysis of cells, pulverization, homogenization, ormaceration of tissue, centrifugation, precipitation, extraction withorganic solvents, enzymatic digestion, etc. In some cases, highlypurified enzymes (such as polymerases) are available commercially.

Solutions comprising enzymes and cellular activities in crude orpurified form can be used in the methods of the present invention.

An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can be anyoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention. The addition of anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention to a subject can be byinjection, inhalation, oral administration, topical administration,implantation of a solid support comprising the nucleic acid analogue,etc. An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can simply beadded to a cell or tissue culture or can be added along with celltransfection reagents, such as, but not limited to, calcium phosphate,polyethylene glycol, cationic lipids such as lipofectamine™ (LifeTechnologies), geneporter™ (Gene Therapy Systems), liposomes, etc. Anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can also be coupled toa peptide or other molecule that promotes transport into cells such aspolylysine, the HIV TAT protein, the Drosophila anatennapedia protein,or peptides derived from these proteins, or can be microinjected,electroporated, or introduced by bombardment of cells or tissue. Anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can simply be added toa solution that comprises an enzyme or cellular activity.

An oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can enhance orinhibit the activity of an enzyme or cellular activity, such as, but notlimited to, a polymerase, telomerase, helicase, spliceosome, ribosome,nuclear transport factor, etc. The effects of an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention on the activity of an enzyme orcellular activity can be determined using assays developed in theparticular fields and subfields to which the enzymatic functions andcellular activities pertain. For example, the activity of a polymerasecan be measured by the incorporation of labeled nucleotides into thenucleic acid product, a splicing assay can quantitate the relativeamounts of alternatively spliced transcripts from an RNA molecule, etc.The design of oligonucleotide analogues to be used to enhance or inhibitan enzymatic or cellular activity can be based on, among other things,the nucleobase sequence of nucleic acid substrates of the enzyme oractivity. The length, nucleobase composition, structure (i.e. presenceof linkers and other groups) and monomer composition of oligonucleotideanalogues can be varied to optimize the inhibition or enhancement.

The Use of Nucleotide Analogues in Enhancing the Activity of aPolymerase

In one aspect of the method, an oligonucleotide analogue can enhance theactivity of an enzyme, such as, but not limited to, a polymerase. Forexample, oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can bedesigned such that they can hybridize with one or more nucleic acidmolecules in a subject, sample, or solution. The oligonucleotideanalogue can promote or maintain the single-strandedness of at least aportion of the nucleic acid molecule of the population to preventinhibition of RNA or DNA polymerase activity that can occur when thereis a double-stranded region or secondary structure in the templatenucleic acid. Oligonucleotides of the present invention used to promoteor maintain the single-stranded state of a template nucleic acid can bedisplaced from the template nucleic acid by the polymerase as itsynthesizes portions of a nucleic acid that are bound by theoligonucleotide analogue. Polymerases used in the methods of the presentinvention can be any nucleic acid polymerases, including RNA polymerasesand DNA polymerases. Of particular interest are reverse transcriptasesthat use RNA as a template (e.g., AMV reverse transcriptase, MMLVreverse transcriptase, derivatives thereof, and Tth reversetranscriptase) and high temperature DNA polymerases such as Taq, Pfu,Tth, and the like. Methods of enhancing DNA amplification using peptidenucleic acids are disclosed in U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,461 issued Aug. 12,1997 to Demers, herein incorporated by reference.

An oligonucleotide analogue can also promote polymerase activity byacting as a primer in a polymerase reaction. In these aspects, anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention preferably comprisesat least one nucleic acid residue, such as an RNA residue or a DNAresidue, that is at at least one terminus of the oligonucleotideanalogue. Preferably, the nucleic acid residue at at least one terminusof the oligonucleotide analogue used in these aspects of the inventionhas a free 3′ hydroxyl group. Oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention that act as primers can enhance the synthesis of regions ofnucleic acid molecules that have secondary structure by binding at theregions of secondary structure and priming nucleic acid synthesisOligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can also be used toenhance transcriptional activity, such as the activity of DNA-dependentRNA polymerases. For example, oligonucleotide analogues that bind at ornear the transcriptional start site of a gene or gene construct canpromote an open configuration of the promoter region of a gene throughstrand displacement and the initiation of transcription by a polymerase,such as, but not limited to, a prokaryotic DNA-dependent RNA polymeraseas described in U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,459 issued Nov. 17, 1998 to Berg etal.

The Use of Oligonucleotide Analogues in Inhibiting the Activity of aPolymerase

In other aspects of the method, an oligonucleotide analogue of thepresent invention can inhibit the activity of an enzyme or cellularactivity, such as, but not limited to, the activity of a polymerase,telomerase, helicase, spliceosome, ribosome, nuclear transport factor,etc.

In one aspect of the invention that pertains to polymerase function, anucleic acid analogue can bind a nucleic acid molecule and prevent theprogression of a polymerase through the region of the nucleic acidmolecule that is bound by the oligonucleotide analogue (Larsen et al.Nucl. Acids Res. 24:458-463 (1996); Good and Nielsen, Proc. Natl. Acad.Sci. USA 95: 2073-2076 (1998); Knudsen and Nielsen, Nucl. Acids Res. 24:494-590 (1996); Faria et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 97: 3862-3867(2000)). Preferably, oligonucleotide analogues that are used for theinhibition of polymerase activities are “clamping” oligonucleotideanalogues, that have two polypyrimidine tracts connected by a flexiblelinker (see, for example, U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,750 issued Dec. 21, 1999to Frank-Kamenetskii et al.).

In one preferred aspect of these methods of the invention, clampingoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention that arecomplementary to a region of an abundant RNA transcript can be used toinhibit reverse transcription of the abundant message by reversetranscriptase. In this way, the frequency of the cDNA corresponding tothe abundant message is “subtracted” from a population of cDNAmolecules, such that its frequency in the population of cDNA generatedby reverse transcription of a population of RNA that comprises theabundant message is reduced. A population of cDNA in which the frequencyof sequences corresponding to one or more abundant transcripts isreduced can optionally be used to construct a cDNA that will have acorrespondingly higher frequency of non-abundant RNA transcripts than acDNA library that is not constructed using this subtractive method.Subtracted cDNA can also be used without cloning, for example, it can beused to hybridize to arrays, such as, but not limited to, arrays ofnucleotide sequences corresponding to ESTs or identified genes, or thesubtracted cDNA can itself be bound to an array for screening with othernucleic acid or nucleic acid analogue probes.

In another preferred aspect of these methods of the invention, clampingoligonucleotide analogues of the present invention that arecomplementary to a region of a DNA template can be used to inhibitDNA-dependent DNA polymerase, such as but not limited to, hightemperature DNA polymerase such as Taq or Pfu polymerase. In theseinstances, the polymerase is unable to use the bound oligonucleotideanalogue as a primer. Clamping oligonucleotide analogues can be used toinhibit amplification of sequences that might otherwise compete with theamplification of a nucleic acid molecule sequence of interest to whichit has a high degree of homology. As such, clamping oligonucleotideanalogues are useful in the detection of SNPs, because their high degreeof binding specificity allows them to selectively bind to and inhibitamplification of a nucleic acid molecule or sequence while permittingthe binding of an oligonucleotide primer to a sequence that can differby as little as a single base pair (Orum et al. Nucl Acids Res. 21:5332-5336 (1993), and see Examples 20, 27, and 28).

Oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can be synthesizedand selected for use as clamping oligonucleotide analogs based onknowledge of the target sequence and assays that identify and quantitateamplification products from one or more nucleic acid molecules.Parameters such as, but not limited to, the length, base composition,and monomer composition of a clamping oligonucleotide analogue of thepresent invention can be varied to obtain optimal inhibition ofamplification of a nucleic acid molecule.

Oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can also be used toinhibit transcription in vivo or in vitro. Without wishing to be boundby any mechanism, oligonucleotide analogues that can hybridize to thepromoter region of a gene or gene construct can prevent the binding oftranscription factors that activate transcription of a gene (Knudsen andNielsen, Nucl. Acids Res. 24: 494-590 (1996); Faria et al. Proc. Natl.Acad. Sci. USA 97: 3862-3867 (2000)). Oligonucleotide analogues of thepresent invention can be synthesized and selected for use as inhibitorsof transcription based on knowledge of the nucleic acid sequence andassays that identify and quantitate transcription products from one ormore nucleic acid molecules. Parameters such as, but not limited to, thelength, base composition, and monomer composition of an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention can be varied to obtain optimalinhibition of transcription of a nucleic acid molecule. Of particularrelevance to the present invention is the ability to alter the ratio ofHypNA to pPNA residues in an oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention to achieve desirable binding affinities.

Other activities that can be inhibited by an oligonucleotide analogue ofthe present invention include, but are not limited to, telomeraseactivity (Kelland et al. Anticancer Drugs 11: 503-13 (2000)) and theactivity of enzymes or complexes that bind nucleic acids, for example,helicases, topoisomerases, nuclear transport factors, splicing factors,polyadenylases, and nucleases. Oligonucleotide analogues of the presentinvention can be synthesized and selected for use as inhibitors of suchactivities based on knowledge of the nucleic acid sequence bound by theenzyme, factor, or complex, and assays that measure the activity of theby the enzyme, factor, or complex. Parameters such as, but not limitedto, the length, base composition, and monomer composition of anoligonucleotide analogue of the present invention can be varied toobtain optimal inhibition of transcription of a nucleic acid molecule.Of particular relevance to the present invention is the ability to alterthe ratio of HypNA to PNA or pPNA residues in an oligonucleotideanalogue of the present invention to achieve desirable bindingaffinities.

Use of Oligonucleotide Analogues as Antisense Agents

Oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can also be used asantisense agents for the inhibition of gene expression. In somepreferred embodiments of the present invention, an oligonucleotideanalogue used as an antisense agent is from ten to one hundred residuesin length, and comprises HypNA and pPNA residues in a 1:1 ratio.Sequences for oligonucleotide analogue antisense agents can be chosensuch that they are complementary to at least a portion of a gene.

Clamping oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can alsofind use as antisense agents, and can comprise pyrimidine-rich sequencesthat can hybridize to a purine-rich tract in any portion of an RNAtranscript. Preferably, a clamping oligonucleotide analogue used as anantisense agent comprises two pyrimidine-rich tracts separated by aflexible linker, such as a linker depicted in FIG. 5.

Oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention can be synthesizedand selected for their ability to inhibit gene expression based onknowledge of the target sequence and assays that quantitatetranscription, translation, or splicing products from one or morenucleic acid molecules. Parameters such as, but not limited to, thelength, base composition, and monomer composition of a translationalstart site-binding or clamping oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention can be varied to obtain optimal inhibition of gene expressionof a nucleic acid molecule. Of particular relevance to the presentinvention is the ability to alter the ratio of HypNA to PNA or pPNAresidues in an oligonucleotide analogue of the present invention to beused for the inhibition of translation to achieve desirable bindingaffinities.

Oligonucleotide analogue antisense agents of the present invention canbe administered to cells or tissues, both in vivo and ex vivo, and canbe administered to cell lines as well as primary cells. Oligonucleotideanalogue antisense agents of the present invention can also beadministered to living organisms and subjects, including mammaliansubjects, including human subjects.

Oligonucleotide analogue antisense agents can be delivered by anyconvenient means, including, but not limited to, addition to culturemedia, particle bombardment, direct injection or perfusion into tissuesor organisms, topical or local adminstration, optionally with the use ofimplants (such as polymers). The oligonucleotide analogue antisenseagents can be delivered with transfection or penetration agents of anytype, including salts, alcohols, detergents, polymers, lipids,liposomes, or peptides that can be mixed with or applied with, orconjugated to, an oligonucleotide analogue transfection agent.

The effectiveness of an oligonucleotide analogue of the presentinvention as an inhibitor of gene expression can be assessed in manydifferent ways, including determination of RNA levels of the targetedgene, determination of protein levels, cell expression assays usingreporter genes, assays that measure downstream biochemical or cellulareffects, and assays that measure phenotypic responses.

Oligonucleotide analogue antisense agents can be used for researchpurposes (for example, to determine a function of a targeted gene), forthe creation of animal models for disease states, for target validation,or for therapeutic purposes.

Where oligonucleotide analogues of the present invention are used astherapeutic agents, they can be provided in pharmaceutical compositions,which may include carriers, thickeners, diluents, buffers,preservatives, surface active agents and the like in addition to theoligonucleotide analogue. Pharmaceutical compositions may also includeone or more active ingredients such as antimicrobial agents,antiinflammatory agents, anesthetics, and the like in addition tooligonucleotide analogues.

The pharmaceutical composition may be administered in a number of waysdepending on whether local or systemic treatment is desired, and on thearea to be treated. Administration may be done topically (includingophthalmically, vaginally, rectally, intranasally), orally, byinhalation, or parenterally, for example by intravenous drip or byintravenous, subcutaneous, intraperitoneal or intramuscular injection.

Formulations for topical administration may include ointments, lotions,creams, gels, drops, suppositories, sprays, liquids and powders.Conventional pharmaceutical carriers, aqueous, powder or oily bases,thickeners and the like may be necessary or desirable. Coated condomsmay also be useful.

Compositions for oral administration include powders or granules,suspensions or solutions in water or nonaqueous media, capsules,sachets, or tablets. Thickeners, flavorings, diluents, emulsifiers,dispersing aids or binders may be desirable.

Formulations for parenteral administration may include sterile aqueoussolutions which may also contain buffers, diluents and other suitableadditives.

Dosing is dependent on severity and responsiveness of the condition tobe treated. Persons of ordinary skill can easily determine optimumdosages, dosing methodologies and repetition rates. Optimum dosages mayvary depending on the relative potency of individual oligonucleotides,and can generally be calculated based on EC50's in in vitro and in vivoanimal studies. For example, given the molecular weight of compound(derived from oligonucleotide sequence and chemical structure) and aneffective dose such as an IC50, for example (derived experimentally), adose in mg/kg is routinely calculated.

Thus, in the context of this invention, by “therapeutically effectiveamount” is meant the amount of the compound that is required to have atherapeutic effect on the treated subject. This amount, which will beapparent to the skilled artisan, will depend upon the age and weight ofthe subject, the type of disease to be treated, perhaps the gender ofthe subject, and other factors which are routinely taken intoconsideration when treating a subject with a disease. A therapeuticeffect is assessed in the subject by measuring the effect of thecompound on the disease state in the subject. For example, if thedisease to be treated is psoriasis, a reduction or ablation of the skinplaque is an indication that the administered dose has a therapeuticeffect. Similarly, in mammals being treated for cancer, therapeuticeffects are assessed by measuring the rate of growth or the size of thetumor, or by measuring the production of compounds such as cytokines,which production is an indication of the progress or regression of thetumor.

V. Methods of Promoting Homologous Recombination Using OligonucleotideAnalogues

The present invention also includes a method for promoting homologousrecombination of genes or gene segments using oligonucleotide analogues.Methods of introducing genes, portions of genes, and inactivated genes,including genes or portions of genes with mutations, insertions, ordeletions into cellular DNA by homologous recombination are known in theart (U.S. Pat. No. 5,998,209 issued Dec. 7, 1999 to Jakobovits, et al.and U.S. Pat. No. 6,066,778 issued May 23, 2000 to Ginsburg et al., bothherein incorporated by reference). The efficiency of homologousrecombination for gene targeting can be enhanced by using chimericoligonucleotides, for example, oligonucleotides comprising DNA and RNA(Gamper et al. Biochemistry 39: 5808-5816 (2000); Xiang et al. J MolMed. 75: 829-35 (1997); Beethem et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA96:8774-8778 (1999); Zhu et al. Proc. Natl. Acad. Sci. USA 96:8768-8773(1999)). The present invention includes gene targeting constructs thatinclude oligonucleotide analogues.

Preferably, an oligonucleotide analog that is included in a genetargeting construct is a peptide nucleic acid, a phosphono peptidenucleic acid, a peptide nucleic acid-phosphono nucleic acid, ahydroxyproline nucleic acid-peptide nucleic acid, a hydroxyprolinenucleic acid-phosphono peptide nucleic acid, a serine nucleic acid, aserine nucleic acid-peptide nucleic acid, a serine nucleicacid-phosphono peptide nucleic acid, phosphono peptide nucleicacid-aromatic-1 peptide nucleic acid, a phospono hydroxyproline-1nucleic acid, or a phospono hydroxyproline-2 nucleic acid.

Preferably, a gene targeting construct comprises DNA and oligonucleotideanalogue sequences. The portion of the gene targeting vector thatcomprises DNA can be made by methods well known in the art (Sambrook etal.), such as gene isolation and cloning techniques. The portion of thegene targeting vector that comprises DNA can be replicated, for example,in bacteria or yeast as a plasmid or viral construct. The portion of thegene targeting vector that comprises oligonucleotide analogue sequencescan be chemically coupled to the DNA, or can be hybridized to single- ordouble-stranded portions of the DNA. For example, a double-strandedvector can be rendered at least partially single-stranded by enzymes,heat, denaturing agents, or high pH. Oligonucleotide analogues can behybridized to at least a portion of the single-stranded DNA construct.Sequences that are not hybridized to the oligonucleotide analogue can bemade double-stranded by, for example, polymerase reactions orrenaturation conditions. Thus, a construct can be made that comprises atleast one region of double-stranded DNA and at least one region of DNAhybridized to an oligonucleotide analogue. In the alternative, anoligonucleotide analogue can hybridize to at least a portion of adouble-stranded DNA vector by Hoogstein base-pairing.

The targeting construct preferably comprises sequences that arehomologous to the gene being targeted. Where gene expression of thetargeted gene is to be ablated, the homologous sequences preferablycomprise a deletion or insertion in the sequences that are homologous tothe targeted gene, such that expression of the gene from that templateis interrupted. The portion of a construct that comprises anoligonucleotide analogue can comprise at least a portion of a gene to betargeted. Alternatively, the portion of a construct that comprises anoligonucleotide analogue can be outside of the boundaries of a gene tobe targeted.

Preferably, targeting constructs comprise at least one gene encoding aselectable marker. More preferably, targeting constructs comprise twogenes encoding different selectable markers. At least one selectablemarker provides for positive selection, such as by selection on mediacomprising an antibiotic such as neomycin or hygromycin. The replacementtargeting construct may include a deletion at one site and an insertionat another site which includes a gene for a selectable marker, such asneomycin resistance. The presence of the selectable marker gene insertedinto the target gene establishes the integration of the target vectorinto the host genome. However, DNA analysis will be required in order toestablish whether homologous or non-homologous recombination occurred.This can be determined by employing probes for the insert and thensequencing the 5′ and 3′ regions flanking the insert for the presence ofDNA extending beyond the flanking regions of the construct oridentifying the presence of a deletion, when such deletion isintroduced. The selectable marker may be flanked by recombinase targetsite sequences, such that it can be excised by supplying an appropriaterecombinase after selection of the transgenic cells and conformation ofthe homologously inserted sequence. Methods for excision of introducedsequences in transgenic cells using the cre-lox recombinase system isdescribed in U.S. Pat. No. 6,066,778 issued May 23, 2000 to Ginsburg etal.

Upstream and/or downstream from the target gene construct may be a genewhich provides for identification of whether a double crossover hasoccurred. For this purpose, the Herpes simplex virus thymidine kinasegene may be employed, since cells expressing the thymidine kinase genemay be killed by the use of nucleoside analogs such as acyclovir organcyclovir, by their cytotoxic effects on cells that contain afunctional HSV-tk gene. The absence of sensitivity to these nucleosideanalogs indicates the absence of the HSV-thymidine kinase gene and,therefore, where homologous recombination has occurred, that a doublecrossover has also occurred.

Where a selectable marker gene is involved, as an insert, and/orflanking gene, depending upon the nature of the gene, it may be from ahost where the transcriptional initiation region (promoter) is notrecognized by the transcriptional machinery of the avian host cell. Inthis case, a different transcriptional initiation region (promoter) willbe required. This region may be constitutive or inducible. A widevariety of transcriptional initiation regions have been isolated andused with different genes. Of particular interest is the promoter regionof rous sarcoma virus. In addition to the promoter, the wild typeenhancer may be present or an enhancer from a different gene may bejoined to the promoter region.

While the presence of the marker gene in the genome will indicate thatintegration has occurred, it will still be necessary to determinewhether homologous integration has occurred. This can be achieved in anumber of ways. For the most part, DNA analysis will be employed toestablish the location of the integration. By employing probes for theinsert and then sequencing the 5′ and 3′ regions flanking the insert forthe presence of the target locus extending beyond the flanking region ofthe construct or identifying the presence of a deletion, when suchdeletion has been introduced, the desired integration may beestablished.

The polymerase chain reaction (PCR) can also be employed in detectingthe presence of homologous recombination. Probes may be used which arecomplementary to a sequence within the construct and complementary to asequence outside the construct and at the target locus. In this way, onecan only obtain DNA segments having both the primers present in thecomplementary chains if homologous recombination has occurred. Bydemonstrating the presence of the PCR products for the expected sizesequence, the occurrence of homologous recombination is supported.

In constructing the subject constructs for homologous recombination, areplication system for procaryotes, particularly E. coli, may beincluded, for preparing the construct, cloning after each manipulation,analysis, such as restriction mapping or sequencing, expansion andisolation of the desired sequence. Where the construct is large,generally exceeding about 50 kbp, a yeast artificial chromosome (YAC)may be used for cloning of the construct. When necessary, a differentselectable marker may be employed for detecting bacterial or yeasttransformations.

Once a construct has been prepared and optionally, any undesirablesequences removed, e.g., procaryotic sequences, the construct can beoptionally linearized and optionally be converted to at least partiallysingle-stranded form. The oligonucleotide analogue portion can then bejoined to the DNA construct, either by hybridization or by chemicalcoupling, or both. The construct comprising both nucleic acid andoligonucleotide analogue sequences can then be introduced into thetarget cell. For introduction of the targeting construct, the constructcan be provided in single-stranded form, double-stranded form, orpartially single-stranded and partially double-stranded form. Inaddition at least a portion of a targeting construct can optionallycomprise double-stranded DNA bound by oligonucleotide analogue sequencesby Hoogstein base-pairing.

Any convenient technique for introducing the DNA/oligonucleotideanalogue construct into the target cells may be employed. Techniqueswhich may be used to introduce the replacement targeting construct intocells include calcium phosphate/DNA coprecipitates, microinjection intothe nucleus, electroporation, bacterial protoplast fusion with intactcells, transfection, particle gun bombardment, lipofection or the like.Where avian embryonic stem cells are used as the recipient cells, theconstruct can be targeted to the cells using liposomes (Pain et al.Cells Tissues Organs 165: 212-219 (1999)). After transformation ortransfection of the target cells, target cells may be selected by meansof positive and/or negative markers, as previously indicated, neomycinresistance and acyclovir or gancyclovir resistance. Cells having thedesired phenotype may then be further analyzed by restriction analysis,electrophoresis, Southern analysis, PCR, or the like. By identifyingfragments which show the presence of the lesion(s) at the target locus,one can identify cells in which homologous recombination has occurred toinactivate a copy of the target locus.

EXAMPLES Example 1 Synthesis of4-O-monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymine-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline [monomer(I)]

4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline (HypNAThy) was made by dissolving 4-hydroxyproline methyl ester hydrochloride(1.82 g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrilecontaining 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine. Thymin-1-ylacetic acid(2.02 g, II mmol) and N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) (2.47 g, 12mmol) were added. The reaction was terminated after 3 hours stirring bythe addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at room temperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). 4-Monomethoxytritylchloride (MMTrC 1) (4.02 g, 13 mmol) and N,N-diisopropylethylamine(DIEA) (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) were added and the mixture was incubated at 70degrees C. for 1 h., cooled to room temperature followed by addition 5%NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extracted with methylene chloride (DCM)(2×80 ml), organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ then solvent wasremoved by evaporation and the product was coevaporated with toluene(3×50 ml). The residue was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH inthe mixture methanol-water (1:1 v/v) (15 ml) was added. Pyridine (30 ml)and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) were added after 30 min to neutralize thesolution. The solution was filtered to remove the Dowex resin and theresin was washed with 50% aqueous pyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15mmol) was added to the filtrate, which was evaporated, after which theresulting oil was evaporated with toluene.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 6.1 mmol (4.09g, 61%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound. Rf 0.28 (A); ¹HNMR: 1.20 (9H, t, CH₃, NHEt₃), 1.8 (3H, s, CH₃, Thy), 1.95 and 2.15 (2H,m, H3, Pro), 2.95 (6H, q, CH₂, NHE₃), 2.95 and 3.15 (2H, dd+dd, H5,Pro), 3.75 (3H, s, OCH₃, MMTr), 4.0 (1H, m, H4, Pro), 4.25 (1H, m, H2,Pro), 4.4-4.5 (2H, s+s, rotamers NCOCH₂), 6.75-7.40 (15H, m, H, Ar, andH6, Thy); mass: m/z 570 (M+H)⁺, C₃₂H₃, N₃O₇

Another (HypNA Thy) monomer of formula (I),4-O-4-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline, that maybe preferred in some aspects of the invention can be made using similarmethods:

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline (HypNAThy), is made by dissolving 4-hydroxyproline methyl ester hydrochloride(1.82 g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrilecontaining 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine. Thymin-1-ylacetic acid(2.02 g, 11 mmol) and N,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) (2.47 g, 12mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 3 hours stirring bythe addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at room temperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). 4,4′-Dimethoxytritylchloride (DMTrC 1) (4.41 g, 13 mmol) is added and the mixture isincubated at 50 degrees C. for 30 min. and cooled to room temperature,followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product is extractedwith methylene chloride (DCM) (2×80 ml), organic layers are dried overNa₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation and the product iscoevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue is dissolved inmethanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH in a mixture of methanol-water (1:1 v/v)(15 ml) is added. Pyridine (30 ml) and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) are addedafter 30 min to neutralize the solution. The solution is filtered toremove the Dowex resin and the resin is washed with 50% aqueouspyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15 mmol) is added to the filtrate,which is evaporated, after which the resulting oil is evaporated withtoluene.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to obtain the titlecompound.

Example 2 Synthesis of4-O-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N-⁶-benzoyladenine-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline[monomer (I)]

4-O-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N⁶-benzoyladcnin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline(HypNA Ade) was made by dissolving 4-hydroxyprolinc methyl esterhydrochloride (1.82 g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture ofpyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine.N⁶-Benzoyladenin-9-ylacetic acid (3.86 g, 13 mmol) and DCC (2.88 g, 14mmol) were added. The reaction was terminated after 3 hours stirring bythe addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at room temperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). MMTrC 1 (4.94 g, 16mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) were added and the mixture wasincubated at 70 degrees C. for 1 h. and then cooled to room temperature,followed by addition 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extracted withDCM (2×80 ml), organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solventwas removed by evaporation and the product was coevaporated with toluene(3×50 ml). The residue was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH ina mixture of methanol-water (1:1 v/v) (15 ml) was added. Pyridine (30ml) and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) were added after 30 min to neutralize thesolution. The solution was filtered to remove the Dowex resin and theresin was washed with 50% aqueous pyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15mmol) was added to the filtrate, which was evaporated, after which theresulting oil was evaporated with toluene.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 4.6 mmol (3.60g, 46%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Another (HypNA Ade) monomer of formula (I),4-O-4-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N⁶-benzoyladenin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline,that may be preferred in some aspects of the invention can be made usingsimilar methods:

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N⁶-benzoyladenin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyprolineis made by dissolving 4-hydroxyproline methyl ester hydrochloride (1.82g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrilecontaining 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine.N⁶-Benzoyladenin-9-ylacetic acid (3.86 g, 13 mmol) and DCC (2.88 g, 14mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 3 hours of stirring bythe addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at room temperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). DMTrC 1(5.41 g, 16mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50 degrees C. for 30 min.and cooled to room temperature, followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃(60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80 ml), organic layers aredried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation and theproduct is coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue is dissolvedin methanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH in a mixture of methanol-water (1:1v/v) (15 ml) is added. Pyridine (30 ml) and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) areadded after 30 min to neutralize the solution. The solution is filteredto remove the Dowex resin and the resin is washed with 50% aqueouspyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15 mmol) is added to the filtrate,which is evaporated, after which the resulting oil is evaporated withtoluene.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to obtain the titlecompound.

Example 3 Synthesis of4-O-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline[monomer (I)]

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-4-hydroxyproline (Sigma) (2.31 g, 10 mmol) wasdissolved in acetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml,50 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixturewas cooled in an ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) was added. Thesolution was stirred 1 hour at room temperature then was filtered toremove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate was evaporated,water (50 ml) was added to the residue and the product was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×50 ml), organic layers were washed by saturatedNaCl and dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent was removed by evaporation.The gum was dissolved in acetonitrile (25 ml), then 4M HCl solution in1,4-dioxane (8 ml) was added and the mixture was incubated 30 min atroom temperature. Solvents were removed by evaporation and the productwas coevaporated with acetonitrile (2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).

4-O-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N-⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline(HypNA Cyt), was made by dissolving crude 4-hydroxyproline 2-cyanoethylester hydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N⁴-Benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetic acid (3.55 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) were added. The reaction was terminated after 3hours stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight atroom temperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). MMTrC 1(6.18 g, 20mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) were added and the mixture wasincubated at 70 degrees C. for 1 h. and cooled to room temperaturefollowed by addition 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extracted withDCM (2×80 ml), organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solventwas removed by evaporation and coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). Theresidue was dissolved in DCM (50 ml) and1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (2.28 ml, 15 mmol) was added.The mixture was diluted with DCM (60 ml) after 10 min. incubation andwas washed with 1 M triethylammonium bicarbonate (TEAB) (60 ml), organiclayer was dried over Na₂SO₄ then solvent was removed by evaporation.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 4.5 mmol (3.42g, 45%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Another (HypNA Cyt) monomer of formula (I) that may be preferred in someaspects of the invention comprises a DMTr protecting group and can bemade using similar methods:

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-4-hydroxyproline (Sigma) (2.31 g, 10 mmol) isdissolved in acetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml,50 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixtureis cooled in an ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) is added. Thesolution is stirred 1 hour at room temperature and then filtered toremove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is evaporated, water(50 ml) is added to the residue and the product is extracted with ethylacetate (2×50 ml). Organic layers are washed by saturated NaCl, driedover Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation. The gum isdissolved in acetonitrile (25 ml), then 4M HCl solution in 1,4-dioxane(8 ml) is added and the mixture is incubated 30 min at room temperature.Solvents are removed by evaporation and the product is coevaporated withacetonitrile (2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N-⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline(HypNA Cyt) is made by dissolving crude 4-hydroxyproline 2-cyanoethylester hydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N⁴-Benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetic acid (3.55 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 3hours stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight atroom temperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). DMTrC 1(6.76 g, 20mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50 degrees C. for 30 min.and cooled to room temperature, followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃(60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80 ml), organic layers aredried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation and theproduct is coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue is dissolvedin DCM (50 ml) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (2.28 ml, 15mmol) is added. The mixture is diluted with DCM (60 ml) after 10 min.incubation and is washed with 1M triethylammonium bicarbonate (TEAB) (60ml). The organic layer is dried over Na₂SO₄ and solvent is removed byevaporation.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to obtain the titlecompound.

Example 4 Synthesis4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline[monomer (I)]

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-4-hydroxyproline (Sigma) (2.31 g, 10 mmol) wasdissolved in acetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml,50 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixturewas cooled in an ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) was added. Thesolution was stirred 1 hour at room temperature then was filtered toremove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate was evaporated,water (50 ml) was added to the residue and the product was extractedwith ethyl acetate (2×50 ml), organic layers were washed with saturatedNaCl, dried over Na₂SO₄ then solvent was removed by evaporation. The gumwas dissolved in acetonitrile (25 ml), then 4M HCl solution in1,4-dioxane (8 ml) was added and the mixture was incubated 30 min atroom temperature. Solvents were removed by evaporation and the productwas coevaporated with acetonitrile (2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline(HypNA Gua) was made by dissolving crude 4-hydroxyproline 2-cyanoethylester hydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N²-Isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetic acid (3.62 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) were added. The reaction was terminated after 3hours stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight atroom temperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). MMTrC 1 (6.18 g, 20mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) was added and the mixture wasincubated at 70 degrees C. for 1 h., cooled to room temperature followedby addition 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extracted with DCM (2×80ml), organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent was removedby evaporation and coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue wasdissolved in DCM (50 ml) and DBU (2.28 ml, 15 mmol) was added. Themixture was diluted with DCM (60 ml) after 10 min. incubation and waswashed with 1M TEAB (60 ml), organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ thensolvent was removed by evaporation.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 3.4 mmol (2.60g, 34%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Another (HypNA Gua) monomer of formula (I) that may be preferred in someaspects of the invention comprises a DMTr protecting group and can bemade using similar methods:

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-4-hydroxyproline (Sigma) (2.31 g, 10 mmol) isdissolved in acetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml,50 mmol) and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixtureis cooled in an ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) is added. Thesolution is stirred 1 hour at room temperature then is filtered toremove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is evaporated, water(50 ml) was added to the residue and the product is extracted with ethylacetate (2×50 ml). Organic layers are washed by saturated NaCl, driedover Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation. The gum isdissolved in acetonitrile (25 ml), then 4M HCl solution in 1,4-dioxane(8 ml) is added and the mixture is incubated 30 min at room temperature.Solvents are removed by evaporation and the product is coevaporated withacetonitrile (2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline(HypNA Gua) is made by dissolving crude 4-hydroxyproline 2-cyanoethylester hydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N²-Isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetic acid (3.62 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 3hours of stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and then incubatedovernight at room temperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). DMTrC 1 (6.76 g, 20mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50 degrees C. for 30 min.and cooled to room temperature, followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃(60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80 ml). Organic layers aredried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation andcoevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue is dissolved in DCM (50ml) and DBU (2.28 ml, 15 mmol) is added. The mixture is diluted with DCM(60 ml), and after a 10 min. incubation is washed with 1M TEAB (60 ml).The organic layer is dried over Na₂SO₄, and then the solvent is removedby evaporation.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to obtain thetriethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Example 5 Synthesis of4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine [monomer (V)]

4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine (SerNA Thy) wasmade by dissolving L-serine methyl ester hydrochloride (Sigma) (1.56 g,10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine. Thymin-1-ylacetic acid (2.02 g, 11mmol) and DCC (2.47 g, 12 mmol) were added. The reaction was terminatedafter 2 hours of stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubatedovernight at room temperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). MMTrC 1(4.02 g, 13mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) were added and the mixture wasincubated at 50 degrees C. for 1 h. and cooled to room temperature,followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extractedwith DCM (2×80 ml). The organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and thensolvent was removed by evaporation and coevaporated with toluene (3×50ml). The residue was dissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH in amixture of methanol-water (1:1 v/v) (15 ml) was added. Pyridine (30 ml)and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) were added after 30 min to neutralize thesolution. The solution was filtered to remove the Dowex resin and theresin was washed with 50% aqueous pyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15mmol) was added to the filtrate, which was evaporated, after which theresulting oil was evaporated with toluene.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 6.8 mmol (4.38g, 68%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound. Rf 0.25 (A); ¹HNMR: 1.20 (9H, t, CH₃, NHEt₃), 1.82 (3H, s, CH₃, Thy), 2.95 (6H, q, CH₂,NHE₃), 3.35 (2H, m, CH₂, MMTrO); 3.75 (2H, s, OCH₃, MMTrO), 4.16 (1H, m,HOOC—CH—CH₂), 4.3 (2H, dd, NCOCH₂), 6.75-7.60 (15H, m, H, Ar, and H6,Thy), 9.3 (1H, br. s, NH); mass: m/z 570 (M+H)⁺, C₃₀H₂₉N₃O₇.

Another (SerNA Thy) monomer of formula (V) that may be preferred in someaspects of the invention comprises a DMTr protecting group and can bemade using similar methods:

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine, is made bydissolving L-serine methyl ester hydrochloride (Sigma) (1.56 g, 10 mmol)in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.4 ml (10mmol) of triethylamine. Thymin-1-ylacetic acid (2.02 g, 11 mmol) and DCC(2.47 g, 12 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 2 hoursstirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at roomtemperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). DMTrC 1 (4.41 g, 13mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50 degrees C. for 30 min.and cooled to room temperature, followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃(60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80 ml), organic layers aredried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation andcoevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue is dissolved inmethanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH in a mixture of methanol-water (1:1 v/v)(15 ml) is added. Pyridine (30 ml) and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) are addedafter 30 min to neutralize the solution. The solution is filtered toremove the Dowex resin and the resin is washed with 50% aqueouspyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15 mmol) is added to the filtrate,which is evaporated, after which the resulting oil is evaporated withtoluene.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give the titlecompound.

Example 6 Synthesis of4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N⁶-benzoyladenin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine[monomer (V)]

4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N⁶-benzoyladenin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine (SerNAAde) is made by dissolving serine methyl ester hydrochloride (Sigma)(1.56 g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrilecontaining 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine.N⁶-Benzoyladenin-9-ylacetic acid (3.86 g, 13 mmol) and DCC (2.88 g, 14mmol) were added. The reaction is terminated after 2 hours stirring bythe addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at room temperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). MMTrC 1(4.94 g, 16mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) are added and the mixture is incubatedat 50 degrees C. for 1 h. and then cooled to room temperature, followedby addition 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80ml), organic layers are dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removedby evaporation and coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue isdissolved in methanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH in a mixture ofmethanol-water (1:1 v/v) (15 ml) is added. Pyridine (30 ml) and Dowex-50(PyridineH⁺) are added after 30 min to neutralize the solution. Thesolution is filtered to remove the Dowex resin and the resin is washedwith 50% aqueous pyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15 mmol) is added tothe filtrate, which is evaporated, after which the resulting oil isevaporated with toluene.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give thetriethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Another (SerNA Ade) monomer of formula (V) that may be preferred in someaspects of the invention comprises a DMTr protecting group and can bemade using similar methods:

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N⁶-benzoyladenin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine, ismade by dissolving serine methyl ester hydrochloride (Sigma) (1.56 g, 10mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.4ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine. N⁶-Benzoyladenin-9-ylacetic acid (3.86 g,13 mmol) and DCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminatedafter 2 hours stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubatedovernight at room temperature.

The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). DMTrC 1(5.41 g, 16mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50 degrees C. for 30 min.and cooled to room temperature followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃ (60ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80 ml), and the organic layersare dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation andcoevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue is dissolved inmethanol (100 ml) and 2M NaOH in a mixture of methanol-water (1:1 v/v)(15 ml) is added. Pyridine (30 ml) and Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) are addedafter 30 min to neutralize the solution. The solution is filtered toremove the Dowex resin and the resin is washed with 50% aqueouspyridine. Triethylamine (2.1 ml, 15 mmol) is added to the filtrate,which is evaporated, after which the resulting oil is evaporated withtoluene.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give thetriethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Example 7 Synthesis of4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N⁴-betizoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine[monomer (V)]

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-L-serine (Sigma) (2.05 g, 10 mmol) is dissolvedin acetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml, 50 mmol)and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixture is cooledin an ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) is added. The solution isstirred 1 hour at room temperature then filtered to remove precipitateddicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is evaporated, water (50 ml) is added tothe residue and the product is extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 ml).The organic layers are washed with saturated NaCl, dried over Na₂SO₄,and then solvent is removed by evaporation. The gum is dissolved inacetonitrile (25 ml), and then 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (8 ml) is added andthe mixture is incubated 30 min at room temperature. Solvents areremoved by evaporation and the product is coevaporated with acetonitrile(2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine (SerNACyt) is made by dissolving crude L-serine 2-cyanoethyl esterhydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N⁴-Benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetic acid (3.55 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 2hours of stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnightat room temperature. The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitateddicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporatedwith pyridine (2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). MMTrC 1(6.18 g, 20 mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) are added and the mixtureis incubated at 50 degrees C. for 1 h., cooled to room temperaturefollowed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product is extractedwith DCM (2×80 ml), organic layers are dried over Na₂SO₄, and thensolvent is removed by evaporation and coevaporated with toluene (3×50ml). The residue is dissolved in DCM (50 ml) and1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU) (2.28 ml, 15 mmol) is added.The mixture is diluted with DCM (60 ml) after 10 min. incubation and iswashed with 1M triethylammonium bicarbonate (TEAB) (60 ml). The organiclayer is dried over Na₂SO₄ then solvent is removed by evaporation.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 4.5 mmol (3.30g, 45%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Another (SerNA Cyt) monomer of formula (V) that may be preferred in someaspects of the invention comprises a DMTr protecting group and can bemade using similar methods:

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-L-serine (Sigma) (2.05 g, 10 mmol) is dissolvedin acetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml, 50 mmol)and 4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixture is cooledin an ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) is added. The solution isstirred 1 hour at room temperature and then is filtered to removeprecipitated dicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is evaporated, water (50ml) is added to the residue, and the product is extracted with ethylacetate (2×50 ml) ). Organic layers are washed by saturated NaCl, driedover Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation. The gum isdissolved in acetonitrile (25 ml) and then a solution of 4M HCl in1,4-dioxane (8 ml) is added and the mixture is incubated 30 min at roomtemperature. Solvents are removed by evaporation and the product wascoevaporated with acetonitrile (2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).

4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine, ismade by dissolving crude L-serine 2-cyanoethyl ester hydrochloride gum,obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture ofpyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) of triethylamine.N⁴-Benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetic acid (3.55 g, 13 mmol) and DCC (2.88 g, 14mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 2 hours stirring bythe addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at room temperature.The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate is dried by evaporation and the product is coevaporatedwith pyridine (2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). DMTrC 1(6.76 g, 20 mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50 degrees C.for 30 min. and cooled to room temperature, followed by the addition of5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80 ml), organiclayers are dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporationand the product is coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml). The residue isdissolved in DCM (50 ml) and 1,8-diazabicyclo[5.4.0]undec-7-ene (DBU)(2.28 ml, 15 mmol) is added. The mixture is diluted with DCM (60 ml) andafter a 10 min. incubation is washed with 1M triethylammoniumbicarbonate (TEAB) (60 ml). The organic layer was dried over Na₂SO₄ andthen solvent was removed by evaporation.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give thetriethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Example 8 Synthesis of4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine[monomer (V)]

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-serine (Sigma) (2.05 g, 10 mmol) is dissolved inacetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml, 50 mmol) and4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixture is cooled inan ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) is added. The solution is stirred1 hour at room temperature then filtered to remove precipitateddicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is evaporated, water (50 ml) is added tothe residue and the product is extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 ml).Organic layers are washed by saturated NaCl, dried over Na₂SO₄, and thensolvent is removed by evaporation. The gum is dissolved in acetonitrile(25 ml), then 4M HCl solution in 1,4-dioxane (8 ml) is added and themixture is incubated 30 min at room temperature. Solvents are removed byevaporation and the product is coevaporated with acetonitrile (2×30 ml)and toluene (30 ml).

4-O-4-monomethoxytrityl-N-(N²-i sobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine(SerNA Gua) is made by dissolving crude L-serine 2-cyanoethyl esterhydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N²-Isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetic acid (3.62 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 3hours stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight atroom temperature. The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitateddicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporatedwith pyridine (2×30 ml) and then dissolved in aqueous pyridine (40 ml).MMTrC 1(6.18 g, 20 mmol) and DIEA (1.72 ml, 10 mmol) are added and themixture is incubated at 50 degrees C. for 1 h. and cooled to roomtemperature followed by the addition of 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The productis extracted with DCM (2×80 ml), organic layers are dried over Na₂SO₄,and then solvent is removed by evaporation and coevaporated with toluene(3×50 ml). The residue is dissolved in DCM (50 ml) and DBU (2.28 ml, 15mmol) is added. The mixture is diluted with DCM (60 ml) after a 10 min.incubation and is washed with 1M TEAB (60 ml). The organic layer isdried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed by evaporation.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 3.7 mmol (2.73g, 37%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Another (SerNA Gua) monomer of formula (V) that may be preferred in someaspects of the invention comprises a DMTr protecting group and can bemade using similar methods:

N-tert-Butyloxycarbonyl-serine (Sigma) (2.05 g, 10 mmol) is dissolved inacetonitrile (45 ml) with 3-hydroxypropionitrile (3.55 ml, 50 mmol) and4-(dimethylamino)pyridine (0.06 g, 0.5 mmol). The mixture is cooled inan ice bath and DCC (2.27 g, 11 mmol) is added. The solution is stirred1 hour at room temperature then is filtered to remove precipitateddicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is evaporated, water (50 ml) is added tothe residue and the product is extracted with ethyl acetate (2×50 ml).Organic layers are washed by saturated NaCl, dried over Na₂SO₄, and thensolvent is removed by evaporation. The gum is dissolved in acetonitrile(25 ml) and then a solution of 4M HCl in 1,4-dioxane (8 ml) is added andthe mixture is incubated 30 min at room temperature. Solvents areremoved by evaporation and the product is coevaporated with acetonitrile(2×30 ml) and toluene (30 ml).4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-serine(SerNA Gua) is made by dissolving crude L-serine 2-cyanoethyl esterhydrochloride gum, obtained as described above, in 40 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile containing 1.54 ml (11 mmol) oftriethylamine. N²-Isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetic acid (3.62 g, 13 mmol) andDCC (2.88 g, 14 mmol) are added. The reaction is terminated after 3hours stirring by the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight atroom temperature. The mixture is then filtered to remove precipitateddicyclohexyl urea. The filtrate is dried by evaporation and coevaporatedwith pyridine (2×30 ml) and then dissolved in aqueous pyridine (40 ml).DMTrC 1 (6.76 g, 20 mmol) is added and the mixture is incubated at 50degrees C. for 30 min. and cooled to room temperature, followed by theaddition of 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product is extracted with DCM (2×80ml), organic layers are dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removedby evaporation and the product is coevaporated with toluene (3×50 ml).The residue is dissolved in DCM (50 ml) and DBU (2.28 ml, 15 mmol) isadded. The mixture is diluted with DCM (60 ml) after 10 min. incubationand is washed with 1M TEAB (60 ml). The organic layer is dried overNa₂SO₄, then solvent is removed by evaporation.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give thetriethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Example 9 Synthesis of a HypNA-pPNA Dimer

A Thy-Thy HypNA-pPNA dimer of formula (VIII) was synthesized using the4-0-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline monomersynthesized as in Example 1 andN-[2-monomethoxytritylaminoethyl]-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)aminomethylphosphonicacid 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolylphenyl diester synthesized by methodsknown in the art and disclosed in Efimov et al. (1998) Nucl. Acids Res.26: 566-575.

The monomethoxytrityl group of the thymine-containing pPNA moiety wasremoved by dissolving 2 mmol of the monomer in 10 ml of 2.1 mmol (0.48g) picric acid in 5% aqueous acetonitrile. After 15 min. the reactionmixture was evaporated under vacuum and coevaporated twice with 20 mlacetonitrile, before finally dissolving the residue in 15 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile.

To couple the thymine-containing HypNA monomer to the pPNA monomer, 1.9mmol HypNA monomer was added to the dissolved pPNA moiety and 2.5 mmol(0.52 g) DCC was added. The mixture was incubated for 2 h. at roomtemperature. To remove the phenyl group, water (2 ml) and DBU (1.52 ml,10 mmol) were added to the HypNA-pPNA dimer and incubated 1.5 h. at roomtemperature. Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) was added to neutralize the solution.The solution was filtered to remove the Dowex resin and the resin waswashed with 50% aqueous pyridine. Triethylamine (1.40 ml, 10 mmol) wasadded to the filtrate, which was evaporated, after which the resultingoil was coevaporated with toluene.

The resulting product was chromatographed on a silica gel in a gradientof 0-17% methanol in DCM containing 3% triethylamine to give 1.04 mmol(1.19 g, 52%) triethylammonium salt of the Thy-Thy HypNA-pPNA dimer.

Dimers comprising alternative bases (for example, C, G, or A) can alsobe made following the procedures of this example, using protectinggroups for nucleobase groups where appropriate.

Example 10 Synthesis of a pPNA-HypNA Dimer

Thy-Thy pPNA-HypNA dimers of formula (IX) are synthesised using the4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline monomersynthesized as in Example 1 andN-[2-monomethoxytritylaminoethyl]-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)aminomethylphosphonicacid 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyl ester synthesized by methods known inthe art and disclosed in Efimov et al. (1998) Nucl. Acids Res. 26:566-575.

4-O-4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline (2 mmol)synthesized as in Example 1 is dissolved in 15 ml acetonitrilecontaining 3-hydroxypropionitrile (0.43 ml, 6 mmol) and1-methylimidazole (0.57 ml, 7 mmol) then1-(2-mesitylenesulfonyl)-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (MSNT) (Aldrich) (1.04g, 3.5 mmol) is added. The reaction is terminated after 20 min. by theaddition of 30 ml 5% NaHCO₃ and the product is extracted with DCM (2×30ml). The organic layers are dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent isremoved by evaporation. The resulting product is chromatographed on asilica gel in a gradient of 0-5% methanol in DCM containing 0.5%triethylamine to give the4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline2-cyanoethyl ester.

To obtain a Thy-Thy pPNA-HypNA dimer, 2 mmol4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline2-cyanoethyl ester synthesized as described above is dissolved in 80%aqueous acetic acid and incubated for 1 h. to remove the dimethoxytritylprotecting group. The product is dried by evaporation and thencoevaporated twice with 20 ml acetonitrile and once with 20 ml toluene.The residue is resuspended in 8 ml pyridine containing 2.1 mmolN-[2-monomethoxytritylaminoethyl]-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)aminomethylphosphonicacid 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyl ester and 3 mmol MSNT (0.89 g) in 10 mlacetonitrile is added to condense the two monomers. After 15 min, 50 ml5% NaHCO₃ is added and the mixture is extracted with DCM (3×50 ml). Thecombined organic phases are evaporated. To remove the carboxy-protectinggroup, the resulting gum is dissolved in 15 ml DCM containing 3.5 mmol(0.54 ml) DBU. The mixture is incubated for 15 min, after which themixture is diluted with DCM (40 ml) and washed with 1 M TEAB (60 ml).The organic phase is dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent is removed byevaporation.

The resulting product is chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 2% triethylamine to give thetriethylammonium salt of the thy-thy pPNA-HypNA dimer.

Example 11 Synthesis of a SerNA-pPNA Dimer

A Thy-Thy SerNA-pPNA dimer of formula (X) was synthesized using the4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine monomersynthesized as in Example 5 andN-[2-monomethoxytritylaminoethyl]-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)aminomethylphosphonicacid 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolylphenyl diester by methods known in theart and disclosed in Efimov et al. (1998) Nucl. Acids Res. 26: 566-575.

The monomethoxytrityl group of thymine-containing pPNA moiety wasremoved by dissolving 2 mmol of the monomer in 10 ml of 2.1 mmol (0.48g) picric acid in 5% aqueous acetonitrile. After 15 min. the reactionmixture was evaporated under vacuum and coevaporated twice with 20 mlacetonitrile, before finally dissolving the residue in 15 ml of a 1:1mixture of pyridine-acetonitrile.

To couple the thymine-containing SerNA monomer to the pPNA monomer, 1.9mmol SerNA monomer was added to the dissolved pPNA moiety and 2.5 mmol(0.52 g) DCC was added. The mixture was incubated for 2 h. at roomtemperature. To remove the phenyl group, water (2 ml) and DBU (1.52 ml,10 mmol) were added to the SerNA-pPNA dimer and incubated 1.5 h. at roomtemperature. Dowex-50 (PyridineH⁺) was added to neutralize the solution.The solution was filtered to remove the Dowex resin and the resin waswashed with 50% aqueous pyridine. Triethylamine (1.40 ml, 10 mmol) wasadded to the filtrate, which was evaporated, after which the resultingoil was coevaporated with toluene.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-17% methanol in DCM containing 3% triethylamine to give 1.16 mmol(1.19 g, 55%) triethylammonium salt of the Thy-Thy SerNA-pPNA dimer.

Example 12 Synthesis of a pPNA-SerNA Dimer

Thy-Thy pPNA-SerNA dimers of formula (XI) were synthesized using the4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine monomersynthesized as in Example 5 andN-[2-monomethoxytritylaminoethyl]-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)aminomethylphosphonicacid 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyl ester by methods known in the art anddisclosed in Efimov et al. (1998) Nucl. Acids Res. 26: 566-575.

4-O-4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline (2 mmol)synthesized as in Example 5 was dissolved in 15 ml acetonitrilecontaining 3-hydroxypropionitrile (0.43 ml, 6 mmol) and1-methylimidazole (0.57 ml, 7 mmol) and then1-(2-mesitylenesulfonyl)-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (MSNT) (Aldrich) (1.04g, 3.5 mmol) was added. The reaction was terminated after 20 min. by theaddition of 30 ml 5% NaHCO₃ and the product was extracted with DCM (2×30ml). Organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent was removedby evaporation. The resulting product was chromatographed on a silicagel in a gradient of 0-5% methanol in DCM containing 0.5% triethylamineto give 1.68 mmol (1.09 g, 84%) of the4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine 2-cyanoethylester.

To obtain a Thy-Thy pPNA-SerNA dimer, 2 mmol4-O-4,4′-dimethoxytrityl-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)-L-serine 2-cyanoethylester synthesized as described above was dissolved in 80% aqueous aceticacid and incubated for 1 h. to remove the dimethoxytrityl protectinggroup. The product was dried by evaporation and then coevaporated twicewith 20 ml acetonitrile and once with 20 ml toluene. The residue wasresuspended in 8 ml pyridine containing 2.1 mmolN-[2-monomethoxytritylaminoethyl]-N-(thymin-1-ylacetyl)aminomethylphosphonicacid 1-oxydo-4-methoxy-2-picolyl ester and 3 mmol MSNT (0.89 g) in 10 mlacetonitrile was added to condense the two monomers. After 15 min, 50 ml5% NaHCO₃ was added and the mixture was extracted with DCM (3×50 ml).The combined organic phases were evaporated. To remove thecarboxy-protecting group, the resulting gum was dissolved in 15 ml DCMcontaining 3.5 mmol (0.54 ml) DBU. The mixture was incubated for 15 min,after which the mixture was diluted with DCM (40 ml) and was washed with1M TEAB (60 ml). The organic phase was dried over Na₂SO₄ and thensolvent was removed by evaporation.

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 2% triethylamine to give 1.50 mmol(1.61 g, 75%) triethylammonium salt of the pPNA-SerNA dimmer of formula(XI).

Example 13 Synthesis of a HypNA-pPNA Oligomer by Solid PhasePhosphotriester Synthesis Using HypNA-pPNA Dimer Synthons

The synthesis of a 12-mer poly T HypNA-pPNA oligomer of formula (XII)having HypNA and pPNA residues in a 1:1 ratio was performed in 1micromole scale using an automated model 381 A synthesizer from AppliedBiosystems. The solid support was 30 mg CPG beads derivatized with5′-DMTr-dT-3′-O-succinate (Applied Biosystems).

The HypNA-pPNA dimer was the unit of synthesis or “synthon” in which thefree hydroxyl group of hydroxyproline was protected with DMTr and thepPNA phosphonate was protected with the catalytic1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl group. HypNA-pPNA dimers were sequentiallyadded by the formation of phosphonoester bonds using the phophotriestersynthesis to make a poly T 12-mer.

Initially, the derivatized support was treated with 3% trichloroaceticacid (TCA) in DCM for 3 min to remove the protecting group from theterminal OH-group of 5′-DMTr-dT and then washed for 1 min. withacetonitrile, followed by a 3 min wash with a 2:1 solution ofacetonitrile-pyridine. In each cycle in which a dimer was added, aHypNA-pPNA dimer (0.05M phosphonate component) was coupled to thegrowing oligonucleotide chain using 0.15M2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (TPSCl) (Aldrich) in a 2:1solution acetonitrile-pyridine for 5 min. The support was washed for 1min. with a 2:1 solution acetonitrile-pyridine followed by 1 min.acetonitrile washing. Then a capping step was performed in which thesupport was treated with a 1:1:2:6 v/v/v/v solution of acetic anhydride:1-methylimidazole:pyridine:acetonitrile for 1 min. before washing for1.5 min. in DCM.

When the oligomer is complete the terminal protecting group was removedusing 3% trichloroacetic acid (TCA) in DCM for 3 min. The catalyticphosphonate protecting groups were removed by treatment with 2 ml of asolution 1:2:2 v/v/v thiophenol-triethylamine-dioxane for 3 h. at roomtemperature. The support is treated for 5 h. (55 degrees C.) withconcentrated ammonia to cleave the oligomer from the support (this stepalso removes any N-protecting groups from nucleobases). The overallyield of the crude oligomer after a desalting step (performed bygel-filtration on Pharmacia NAP-10 column) was 0.35 micromol.

Oligomers were purified by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (15%polyacrylamide gel, 7M urea). Electrophoresis was performed in 0.1 MTris-borate/EDTA buffer (pH 8.3). Oligomers can also be purified byanion-exchanged FPLC in 1 ml/min. linear gradient NaCl (0-1.2M) in 0.02MNaOH (pH 12) on a Mono-Q column.

HypNA-pPNA oligomers or varying base composition can also be synthesizedusing the protocol of this example, using dimers and, optionally,monomers in which nucleobase groups are protected where appropriate.

Example 14 Synthesis of a pPNA-HypNA Oligomer by Solid Phase SynthesisUsing pPNA-HypNA Dimer Synthons

The synthesis of a pPNA-HypNA oligomer of formula (XII) having HypNA andpPNA residues in a 1:1 ratio is performed in 1 micromol scale using anautomated model 381A synthesizer from Applied Biosystems. The solidsupport is 30 mg CPG beads derivatized with5′-N-MMTr-amino-dT-3′-O-succinate. The pPNA-HypNA dimer is the unit ofsynthesis or “synthon” in which the free terminal amino group of thepPNA is protected with MMTr and the phosphonate of the phosphono-PNA isprotected with the catalytic 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl group.pPNA-HypNA dimers of varying base composition are sequentially added bythe formation of amide bonds. The order of the dimers used in thesynthesis is G-C, T-T, T-G, T-T, C-A, G-G, A-G.

Initially, the derivatized support is treated with 3% pentafluorophenolin DCM for 3 min to remove the protecting group from the terminal aminogroup of 5′-MMTr-amino-dT and then washed for 0.5 min. with 0.2Mdiisopropylethylamine in DCM, followed by a 1 min wash with a 4:1solution of acetonitrile-pyridine. In each cycle, a pPNA-HypNA dimer(0.05M carboxyl component) is mixed with 0.06M2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (TPSNT)(Aldrich) and 0.2M 1-methylimidazole in a 2:1 v/v solutionacetonitrile-pyridine is added to the support carrying dimers withunprotected amino groups. After a 5 min. coupling reaction, the supportis washed for 1 min. with a 4:1 solution acetonitrile-pyridine. Then thesupport is then treated with a 1:1:2:6 v/v/v/v solution of aceticanhydride: 1-methylimidazole: pyridine: acetonitrile for 1 min. beforewashing for 1.5 min. in DCM.

When the oligomer is complete the terminal protecting group is removedusing 3% pentafluorophenol in DCM for 3 min. The catalytic phosphonateprotecting groups are removed by treatment with 2 ml of a solution 1:2:2v/v/v thiophenol-triethylamine-dioxane for 3 h. at room temperature. Thesupport is treated for 5 h. (55 degrees C.) with concentrated ammonia toremove any N-protecting group from nucleobases and to cleave theoligomer from the support. The overall yield of the crude oligomer afterdesalting step (performed by gel-filtration on Pharmacia NAP-10 column)should be about 0.20 micromol.

Oligomers can be purified by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (15%polyacrylamide gel, 7M urea). Electrophoresis is performed in 0.1 MTris-borate/EDTA buffer (pH 8.3). Oligomers can be purified also byanion-exchanged FPLC in 1 ml/min. linear gradient NaCl (0-1.2M) in 0.02MNaOH (pH 12) on a Mono-Q column.

Example 15 Synthesis of a SerNA-pPNA Oligomer by Solid PhasePhosphotriester Synthesis Using SerNA-pPNA Dimer Synthons

The synthesis of a pPNA-SerNA oligomer of formula (XIII) having SerNAand pPNA residues in a 1:1 ratio is performed in 1 micromole scale usingan automated model 381A synthesizer from Applied Biosystems. The solidsupport is 30 mg CPG beads derivatized with 5′-DMTr-dT-3′-O-succinate(Applied Biosystems). The SerNA-pPNA dimer is the unit of synthesis or“synthon” in which the free hydroxyl group of serine is protected withDMTr and the pPNA phosphonate is protected with the catalytic1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl group. SerNA-pPNA dimers of varying basecomposition are sequentially added by the formation of phosphonoesterbond using the phophotriester synthesis. The order of the dimers used inthe synthesis is G-C, T-T, T-G, T-T, C-A, G-G, A-G.

Initially, the derivatized support is treated with 3% trichloroaceticacid (TCA) in DCM for 3 min to remove the protecting group from theterminal OH-group of 5′-DMTr-dT and then washed for 1 min. withacetonitrile, followed by a 3 min wash with a 2:1 solution ofacetonitrile-pyridine.

In each cycle in which a dimer is added, a SerNA-pPNA dimer (0.05Mphosphonate component) is coupled to the growing oligonucleotide chainusing 0.1 SM 2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (TPSCI)(Aldrich) in a 2:1 solution acetonitrile-pyridine for 5 min. The supportis washed for 1 min. with a 2:1 solution acetonitrile-pyridine followedby 1 min. acetonitrile washing. Then the support is treated with a1:1:2:6 v/v/v/v solution of acetic anhydride:1-methylimidazole:pyridine:acetonitrile for 1 min. before washing for 1.5 min. in DCM.

When the oligomer is complete the terminal protecting group is removedusing 3% trichloroacetic acid (TCA) in DCM for 3 min. The catalyticphosphonate protecting groups are removed by treatment with 2 ml of asolution 1:2:2 v/v/v thiophenol-triethylamine-dioxane for 3 h. at roomtemperature. The support is treated for 5 h. (55 degrees C.) withconcentrated ammonia to remove any N-protecting group from nucleobasesand to cleave the oligomer from the support.

Oligomers are purified by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (15%polyacrylamide gel, 7M urea). Electrophoresis is performed in 0.1MTris-borate/EDTA buffer (pH 8.3). They can Iso be purified byanion-exchanged FPLC in 1 ml/min. linear gradient NaCl (0-1.2M) in 0.02MNaOH (pH 12) on a Mono-Q column.

Example 16 Synthesis of a pPNA-SerNA Oligomer by Solid Phase Synthesisusing pPNA-SerNA Dimer Synthons

The synthesis of a pPNA-SerNA oligomer of formula (XIII) having SerNAand pPNA residue in a 1:1 ratio is performed in 1 micromol scale usingan automated model 381A synthesizer from Applied Biosystems. The solidsupport is 30 mg CPG beads derivatized with5′-N-MMTr-amino-dT-3′-O-succinate. The pPNA-SerNA dimer is the unit ofsynthesis or “synthon” in which the free terminal amino group of thepPNA is protected with MMTr and the phosphonate of the phosphono-PNA isprotected with the catalytic 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl group.pPNA-SerNA dimers of varying base composition are sequentially added bythe formation of amide bonds. The order of the dimers used in thesynthesis is G-C, T-T, T-G, T-T, C-A, G-G, A-G.

Initially, the derivatized support is treated with 3% pentafluorophenolin DCM for 3 min to remove the protecting group from the terminal aminogroup of 5′-MMTr-amino-dT and then washed for 0.5 min. with 0.2Mdiisopropylethylamine in DCM, followed by a 1 min wash with a 4:1solution of acetonitrile-pyridine. In each cycle, a pPNA-SerNA dimer(0.05M carboxyl component) is mixed with 0.06M2,4,6-triisopropylbenzene-sulfonyl-3-nitro-1,2,4-triazole (TPSNT)(Aldrich) and 0.2M 1-methylimidazole in a 2:1 v/v solutionacetonitrile-pyridine is added to the support carrying dimers withunprotected amino groups. After a 5 min. coupling reaction, the supportis washed for 1 min. with a 4:1 solution acetonitrile-pyridine. Then thesupport is treated with a 1:1:2:6 v/v/v/v solution of acetic anhydride:1-methylimidazole: pyridine: acetonitrile for 1 min. before washing for1.5 min. in DCM.

When the oligomer is complete the terminal protecting group is removedusing 3% pentafluorophenol in DCM for 3 min. The catalytic phosphonateprotecting groups are removed by treatment with 2 ml of a solution 1:2:2v/v/v thiophenol-triethylamine-dioxane for 3 h. at room temperature. Thesupport is treated for 5 h. (55 degrees C.) with concentrated ammonia toremove any N-protecting group from nucleobases and to cleave theoligomer from the support.

Oligomers are purified by polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis (15%polyacrylamide gel, 7M urea). Electrophoresis is performed in 0.1MTris-borate/EDTA buffer (pH 8.3). They can be purified also byanion-exchanged FPLC in 1 ml/min. linear gradient NaCl (0-1.2M) in 0.02MNaOH (pH 12) on a Mono-Q column.

Example 17 Hybridization of Oligonucleotide Analogues to Nucleic Acids

Polythymine oligonucleotides and oligonucleotide analogues weresynthesized according to the methods of the present invention andmethods known in the art. Oligomers 4 and 5 comprised pPNA monomersalternating with HypNA and SerNA, respectively, linked by alternatingphosphonoester and amide bonds, and thus are represented by oligomers(XII) and (XIII) of the present invention. Other oligomers, such asoligomers 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, and 12, comprised HypNA or SerNA monomers incombination with other monomers, and were synthesized by forming amide,phosphonoester, or ester bonds. Oligomers 10 and 11 also containedmonomers having classical PNA backbones and pyridine in the baseposition. Homogeneous DNA oligomers, or homogeneous oligomers comprisingclassical PNA monomers or pPNA monomers (1, 6, and 2) or HypNA or SerNAmonomers (13 and 14), were also used for comparison in hybridizationexperiments.

The oligomers were hybridized to poly(dA) and poly(rA) at aconcentration of 3-5 mM in 150 mM NaCl, 10 mM Tis-HCl (pH 7.5), 5 mMEDTA, and 10 mM MgCl₂, The solution was heated to 95 degrees C. for twominutes, then cooled to 5 degrees C. at a rate of 0.5 degrees C. perminute. The absorbance at 260 nm was measured using a Gilford 250 UV VISspectrophotometer equipped with a Gilford 2527 thermocell.

TABLE 1 Thermal Stability of Duplexes Comprising Preferred Oligomers ofthe Present Invention and Nucleic Acid Molecules. Tm Tm (degr. (degr.C.) C.) Oligomer poly poly No. Oligomer Type Structure (dA) (rA) 1 DNAdT₁₆(SEQ ID NO: 9) 45 43 2 pPNA P^(O) ₁₅-T* 52 41 3 PNA-pPNAAc-(T^(O)-P^(N))₇-T^(O)-T* 68 60 4 pPNA-HypNA (hT-P^(N))₇-hT-T* 83 77 5pPNA-SerNA (sT-P^(N))₇-sT-T* 40 36 6 PNA Ac-T^(N) ₁₅-T* 85 82 7PNA-HypNA (hT-T^(N))₇-hT-P^(Ph) 81 78 8 PNA-SerNA (sT-T^(N))₇-sT-P^(Ph)56 53 9 pPNA-HypNA P^(O)-(P^(O)-hT-P^(N))₄-hT-T* 66 10 PNA-pPNA-HypNAAc-Pyr^(N)-P^(N)-(P^(O)-hT- 73 66 P^(N))₄-hT-T* 11 PNA-pPNA-HypNAAc-Pyr₂ ^(N)-P^(N)-(P^(O)-hT- 79 74 P^(N))₄-hT-T* 12 pPNA-HypNA(hT-P^(N)-hT)₅-T* 52 48 13 HypNA hT₁₅-P^(Ph) <10 <10 14 SerNAsT₁₅-P^(Ph) <5 <5 All sequences in Table 1 are poly T (thy) and have thestructures of HypNAs, SerNAs, pPNAs, and PNAs depicted in FIG. 2: T^(N)is a classical PNA monomer. T* is a classical PNA monomer in which theterminal carboxyl group has been replace with a hydroxyl. T^(O) is aclassical PNA monomer in which the terminal amino has been replaced witha hydroxyl group. P^(N) is a phosphono PNA monomer. P^(O) is a phosphono# PNA monomer in which the terminal amino has been replaced with ahydroxyl group. P^(Ph) is a phosphono PNA monomer in which the terminalphosphate carries a phenyl group. hT is a HypNA monomer. sT is a SerNAmonomer. PyrN is a classical PNA in which the base position comprises apyrene molecule.

Example 18 Synthesis of Oligonucleotide Analogues Coupled at the 3′ endto Acrylamide and Oligonucleotide Analogue-Acrylamide Polymers

Synthesis of oligonucleotide analogue oligomers used solid phasesynthesis and the methods disclosed herein and known in the art (Efimovet al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998) and Efimov et al., RussianJournal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555 (1999)). An LCAA CPG solidsupport was derivatized by acylation of the LCAA amino groups with the3′ succinate of2′-O-benzoyl-5′-O-dimethoxy-trityl-1-deoxy-D-ribofuranose.Oligonucleotides and oligonucleotide analogues were elongated on thedeprotected ribofuranose moiety. When the oligomer was complete theterminal protecting group was removed using 3% trichloracetic acid inDCM for 3 min. The catalytic phosphonate protecting groups were removedby treatment with 2 ml of a solution 1:2:2 v/v/vthiophenol-triethylamine-dioxane for 3 h. at room temperature. Thesupport was treated for 5 h. (55 degrees C.) with concentrated ammoniato remove any N-protecting group from nucleobases and to cleave theoligomer from the support.

Released oligomers carrying 3′ ribofuranose units were resuspended in0.5 ml H₂O, and their ribofuranose units were oxidized to generatedialdehydes using 0.1 ml 0.1 M NaIO₄. After a 15 min incubation, 0.1 mL0.2 M sodium hypophosphite was added and the mixture was incubated for20 min to reduce excess NaIO₄. After adding sodium acetate, pH 4, to afinal concentration of 50 mM, 0.3 mL of 50 mMN-(2-amino-ethyl)acrylamide hydrochloride was added. 0.15 mL of NaCNBH₃in acetonitrile was added and the mixture was incubated at 20 degrees C.for 30 min. Water was then added to bring the volume to 1.5 mL, and theoligomers comprising attached acrylamide monomers were purified on aPharmacia NAP-25 column.

To synthesize an acrylamide polymer comprising oligonucleotideanalogues, the 3′-acrylamide-oligomer conjugates were copolymerized withacrylamide by making a solution of 100 mM acrylamide and 0.5 mMoligonucleotide analogue-acrylamide conjugates and adding TEMED to 0.1%and ammonium persulfate to 0.1%. The mixture was stirred at roomtemperature for 16 hours, and then the acrylamide polymer wasprecipitated with 5 volumes of ethanol and dissolved in water. Thepreparation was fractionated by gel filtration using a 0.5 Bio-Gel A(BioRad) column and fractions were collected by UV absorption indicatingthe presence of the acrylamide-conjugated oligonucleotide analogues. Thecollected fractions were lyophilized.

Example 19 Synthesis of Oligonucleotide Analogues Coupled at the 5′ endto Acrylamide and Oligonucleotide Analogue-Acrylamide Polymers

Synthesis of oligonucleotide analogue oligomers used solid phasesynthesis and the methods disclosed herein and known in the art (Efimovet al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998) and Efimov et al., RussianJournal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555 (1999)). An LCAA CPG solidsupport was derivatized by acylation of the LCAA amino groups with the3′ succinate of2′-O-benzoyl-5′-O-dimethoxy-trityl-1-deoxy-D-ribofuranose.Oligonucleotides and oligonucleotide analogues were elongated on thedeprotected ribofuranose moiety.

When the oligomer was complete an acrylamide residue was added to the 5′terminus of the support-coupled oligomer by adding a 0.3 M solution ofacrylic acid anhydride, 0.3 M triethylamine in puridine acetonitrile(1:3, v/v) and allowing the reaction to proceed for 15 min, after whichthe support was washed with acetonitrile. After allowing the support todry, the oligomers were deprotected and released from the solid supportas described in the previous example. The terminal protecting group wasremoved using 3% trichloracetic acid in DCM for 3 min. The catalyticphosphonate protecting groups were removed by treatment of the supportwith piperidine. The support was treated for 5 h. (55 degrees C.) withconcentrated ammonia to remove any N-protecting group from nucleobasesand to cleave the oligomer from the support.

Acrylamide polymers comprising oligonucleotide analogues weresynthesized as described in the previous example.

Example 20 Hybridization of Support-Bound Polyacrylamide-OligonucleotideCo-Polymers and Polyacrylamide-Oligonucleotide Analogue Co-Polymers toNucleic Acids

Oligonucleotides were made by standard solid phase synthesis using thephosphramidite method and a 5′-amino group was added to theoligonucleotides using an N-MMT-aminolinker phosphramidite (Cruachem) asthe 5′-terminal unit. The oligomers synthsized comprised pairs ofoligomers that differed by a single nucleobase. Acrylamide polymerscomprising oligonucleotides were synthesized in the same way asdescribed for polymers comprising oligonucleotide analogues in Example18.

For the attachment of acrylamide polymers comprising oligonucleotides oroligonucleotide analogues (polyacrylamide-oligomer co-polymers) to aglass solid support, oligomers coupled to acrylamide monomers wereco-polymerized with acrylamide and N-bromoacetyl-6-aminohexyl acrylamidehydrochloride. 95 mM acrylamide was mixed with 5 mM of derivatizedacrylamide and 0.5 mM of oligomer-coupled acrylamide in 50% aqueousdimethylformadide, 0.05% TEMED and 0.1% ammonium persulfate. The mixturewas stirred for 16 hr under nitrogen at room temperature. The resultingpolymers were precipitated with ethanol and fractionated by gelfiltration using a 0.5 Bio-Gel A (BioRad) column.

Glass microscope slides were treated with3-mercaptopropyltrimethoxysilane using methods known in the art.Polyacrylamide-NHCOCH₂Br acrylamide-oligomer acrylamide co-polymers wereattached to the aldehyde functionalized glass slides by adding 2microliters of a 1 mg/mL copolymer solution in 0.1 M triethylammoniumphosphate (pH 9) to the surface of the mercapto-silane coated glassslide. After a 6 hour incubation under nitrogen at room temperature,excess beta mercaptoethanol was added to cap unreacted bromacetamidegroups. The slide was then washed with 0.1 sodium phosphate (pH 7) andwater.

Oligonucleotide probes labeled with ³²P were added at a concentration of200 nM to a hybridization solution containing 0.1 M NaCl, 10 mM sodiumphosphate (pH 7), 5 mM EDTA, 10 mM MgCl2, and 0.1% sodium dodecylsulfate. The hybridization solution (0.5 mL) was added to the matrix onthe glass slide comprising the attached polyacrylamide-oligonucleotideanalogues and the slide was incubated for 1-2 hours at a temperature10-20 degrees below the Td (determined by solutionhybridization/denaturation experiments).

A series of washes was performed at increasing temperatures (an increaseof 5 degrees per wash) and aliquots of the wash solution were removedfor scintillation counting. The melting temperature for each oligomerwas determined by the amount of labeled oligonucleotide probe removed bywashing. Table 2 shows that a single nucleobase mismatch between the15-mer DNA probe and a HypNA-pPNA oligomer causes a twenty degree dropin melting temperature, indicating a high degree of binding specificity.

TABLE 2 Effect of Single-base Mismatches on Tm's of Oligonucleotides andOligonucleotide Analogues Oli- Tm Td gomer (degr. (degr. No. OligomerType Sequence C.) C.) 1 PNA t₁₅ 85 2 PNA t-t-t-t-t-c-t-t-t-c-t-t-t-t-T′27 3 PNA t-t-t-t-t-t-c-t-t-t-t-t-t-T′ 64 4 PNA-pPNA t*tttT′ t*tttT′t*tttT′ 76 5 PNA-pPNA t*tttT′ c*tttC′ t*tttT′ 20 6 PNA-pPNA t*tttT′t*tctT′ t*tttT′ 52 7 HypNA-pPNATt^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T 81 8 HypNA-pPNAT′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′c ^(h)T′t^(h)T′c ^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′ 24 9 HypNA-pPNAT′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′c ^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′t^(h)T′ 59 10 DNA T¹⁵(SEQID NO: 10) 36 11 DNA T₅-C-T₃-C-T₅(SEQ ID NO: 11) <10 12 DNA T₇-C-T₇(SEQID NO: 11) 24 13 PNA ctgcaaaggacaccatga 72 74 14 PNA ctgcaaagcacaccatga54 55 15 PNA-pPNA C*t*gcaA′a*ggaC′a*ccaT′g*A* 67 68 16 PNA-pPNAC*t*gcaA′a*gcaC′a*ccaT′g*A* 50 51 17 HypNA-pPNAC*t^(h)G′c^(h)A′a^(h)A′g^(h)G′a^(h)C′a^(h) 69 71 C′c^(h)At^(h)G′A* 18HypNA-pPNA C*t^(h)G′c^(h)A′a^(h)A′g^(h) Ca^(h)C′c^(h) 49 50 A′t^(h)G′A*19 DNA CTGCAAAGGACACCATGA 54 55 (SEQ ID NO: 13) 20 DNACTGCAAAGCACACCATGA 40 41 (SEQ ID NO: 14) T, A, C, and G are DNAmonomers. T*, A*, C*, and G* are pPNA monomers(N-(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine backbone). T′, A′, C′, and G′ are pPNAmonomers (N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine backbone). t, a, c, and g are PNAmonomers (N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine backbone). t*, a*, c*, and g* are PNAmonomers (N-(2-hydroxyethyl)glycine backbone). t^(h), a^(h), c^(h), andg^(h) arc HypNA monomers (trans-4-hydroxy-L-proline backbone). Singlebase mismatches are underlined.

Example 21 Sandwich Hybridization of Oligonucleotides andOligonucleotide Analogues of Different Compositions to Nucleic Acids

Fifteen nucleobase long capture oligonucleotides and oligonucleotideanalogues (PNA oligomers, pPNA-PNA (1:1) oligomers, and HypNA-pPNA (1:1)oligomers) were synthesized with the sequence: CTGGAGGAAGATCTG (SEQ IDNO: 1), ATGGAACCGAAATCT (SEQ ID NO: 2), and AAACRCACACCTGC (SEQ ID NO:3), such that they were complementary to bases −21 to −7, 1-15, and22-36 of a target double-stranded DNA molecule representing a 720 bpXhoI-BamHI fragment of a cloned artificial gene for the Fc domain ofhuman IgG1 (Efimov et al., Biorg. Khim. 22: 168-174 (1996)) usingmethods known in the art and disclosed herein. The captureoligonucleotides and oligonucleotide analogues were coupled toacrylamide monomers and incorporated into acrylamide polymers usingmethods detailed in Example 19 and fixed to derivatized glass slides asdescribed in Example 20.

Oligonucleotide or oligonucleotide analogue (PNA oligomers, pPNA-PNA(1:1) oligomers, and HypNA-pPNA (1:1) oligomers) detection probes weresynthesized with the sequences: TCCGTTATGCACGAA (SEQ ID NO: 4),AACCACTACACCCAG (SEQ ID NO: 5), and GGGAAATAAGGATCC (SEQ ID NO: 6), suchthat they were complementary to the target DNA molecule, using methodsknown in the art and disclosed herein.

Oligonucleotide or oligonucleotide analogue (PNA oligomers, pPNA-PNA(1:1) oligomers, and HypNA-pPNA (1:1) oligomers) amplification probeswere synthesized with the sequence: ACTACTACTACTACT (SEQ ID NO: 7),using methods known in the art and disclosed herein.

An oligonucleotide signal probe was synthesized with the sequence:AGTAGTAGTAGTAGTAGT (SEQ ID NO: 8), using methods known in the art, andwas 5′ labeled with ³²P

The detection and amplification probes were coupled to acrylamidemonomers and incorporated into polymers using the methods described inExample 18.

Prior to hybridization, the target DNA molecule was denatured bytreatment with 0.05 M NaOH for 5 min at room temperature, chilled on iceand neutralized with acetic acid. The target was added to ahybridization solution containing 150 mM NaCl, 60 mM Na citrate (pH 7),1 mg/ml sonicated salmon sperm DNA, 5 mM EDTA, and 0.1% SDS for 2 hours.The matrix-coated glass slide was washed in 150 mM NaCl, 60 mM Nacitrate (pH 7), and 0.1% SDS for 30 minutes, after which apolyacrylamide-oligonucleotide or polyacrylamide-oligonucleotideanalogue co-polymer was added that comprised detection probes(complementary to the target) and amplification probes (complementary tothe signal probe) such that the ratio of detection probe to target DNAwas 10:1. The ratio of detection probes to amplification probes in theco-polymer was 1:10. After washing in 150 mM NaCl, 60 mM Na citrate (pH7), and 0.1% SDS for 30 minutes, the ³²P-labeled signal probe washybridized to the slide, in the same hybridization buffer used earlier,and the slide was washed as before.

TABLE 3 Sandwich hybridization using oligonucleotide and oligonucleotideanalogue detection and amplification probes. Target Probe signal Probesignal Probe signal Probe signal DNA (cpm) (cpm) (cpm) (cpm) Conc.(signal/noise) (signal/noise) (signal/noise) (signal/ (amol) DNAPNA-pPNA HypNA-pPNA noise) PNA 0   13   15   11  12 5   18 (1.0)   44(2.9)   50 (3.3)  49 (3.3) 10   65 (2.3)  124 (6.3)  131 (5.1)  134(5.8) 20  232 (9.2)  340 (19.6)  354 (17.6)  315 (18.4) 100  961 (19.4) 1380 (37.4)  1405 (40.5) 1410 (40.3) 500  6180 (40.5)  8395 (94.5) 9421 (92.5) 1000 17847 (89.8) 19324 (92.8) 19537 (100.9)

Example 22 Use of HypNA-pPNA Oligonucleotides in the Detection ofNucleic Acids

Fourteen sequences derived from genes encoding transcription factors,each 18 nucleotides in length, are selected for their similarity inpredicted Tm. These sequences are used to design HypNA-pPNA oligomers.The oligomers are synthesized on an Applied Biosystems DNA Synthesizer,using the phosphotriester method as illustrated in Example 13. Theoligonucleotide analogue oligomers are synthesized with a linker havinga 3′-amino functional group to allow for attachment to the glass slide.The oligonucleotides are attached to a phenylisothiocyanate-activatedglass slide by a flexible linker (Guo et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 22:5456-5465). Each oligomer is spotted at a distinct locus on one half ofthe glass slide to form an array.

As a control, the same fourteen sequences are used to synthesize DNAoligomers. The DNA oligomers are synthesized using the phosphoramidemethod and spotted on the other half of the same array.

Nucleic acid RNA samples are generated by in vitro transcription ofcloned amplified segments of genes corresponding to the oligomersequences. These RNAs are reverse transcribed into cDNA. The cDNA ishybridized to the glass slide under conditions that favor HypNA-pPNAhybridization to nucleic acids. The slides are washed, and then theslide is stained with SYBR Green II (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Oreg.).The slide is illuminated with 254 nm epi-illumination and photographedwith Polaroid 667 film using a SYBR Green photographic filter.

Example 23 Isolation of mRNA Using a HypNA-pPNA PolyT 12-mer, and a“Clamping” HypNA-pPNA Poly T23-mer

HeLa cells (10⁸ mammalian cells) grown in tissue culture and collectedby centrifugation were lysed by vortexing the cells in 15 mls of asolution containing 200 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 200 mM NaCl, 500 mM Guanidinethiocyanate, 25 mM MgCl₂, and a mixture of nonionic, anionic, andcationic detergents, such as Triton X-100, sodium dodecyl sulfate, andcetyldimethylaethylammonium bromide, and the cell lysate was incubatedat 45° C. for 15-60 minutes. The lystate was passed through a sterileplastic syringe attached to an 18-21 gauge needle 4-5 times. A mixtureof biotinylated HypNA-pPNA mixture (100 μl of 22.5 μM) was added to thecell lysate. The mixture consisted a 2:1 mixture of a ‘linear’ poly T12-mer HypNA-pPNA, with the HypNA to pPNA in a 1:3 ratio and a“clamping” poly T 23-mer HypNA-pPNA, again with the HypNA to pPNA in a1:3 ratio.

The clamping poly T 24-mer was synthesized according to methodsdisclosed herein, and described in Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26:566-575 (1998) and Efimov et al., Russian Journal of BioorganicChemistry 25: 545-555 (1999), by alternating coupling of HypNA-pPNAdimers and pPNA monomers to the growing oligomer on an Applied BiosytemsdT-LCAA-CPG solid support using the phosphotriester synthesis. Thehydroxyl group of the HypNA moiety of the Thy HypNA-pPNA dimer wasprotected with DMTr and the phosphonate of the pPNA moiety of the ThyHypNA-pPNA dimer carried the 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl catalyticprotecting group. Thy pPNA monomers carried the1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl catalytic protecting group on the phosphonateand the DMTr hydroxyl protecting group. In this was a poly T oligomerwas synthesized with the structure: 3′-dT(pPNA-pPNA-pPNA-HypNA)₃- . Ahexa(ethylene glycol) linker (formula 1) was added in the middle of thesequence like a regular monomer by forming a phosphate bond between thelinker and the hydroxyl group of the HypNA using2,4,6-triisopropylbenzenesulfonyl chloride (TPSCI) (Aldrich) as acoupling reagent. A Thy pPNA monomer with an DMTr-protected hydroxylgroup was then coupled to the free terminus of the linker by forming aphosphonate bond. Thy-Thy HypNA-pPNA dimers (in which the hydroxyl groupof the HypNA moiety was protected with DMTr and the phosphonate of thepPNA moiety carried the 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl catalytic protectinggroup) and Thy pPNA monomers (carrying the 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolylcatalytic protecting group on the phosphonate) were added alternately byforming phosphonate bonds using TPSCI to form the second arm of theclamping oligo. For biotinylation of the clamping oligo, a biotin linker(formula 2) was added like a regular monomer to the terminal HypNAresidue of the clamping oligo to form the sequence:3′-dT-(pPNA-pNA-pPNA-HypNA)₃-linker1-(pPNA-pPNA-pPNA-HypNA)₃-linker2-5′while the oligo was still attached to the solid support followed bycoupling with biotin (biotin was previously treated with DBU anddiphenylphosphoryl azide (Aldrich)) to the terminal amino group of thebiotin linker. The 1-oxido-4-alkoxy-2-picolyl catalytic protectinggroups were removed by treatment of the oligomer withthiophenol-triethylamine-dioxane (1:2:2 v/v/v; 2 ml/30 mg of the supportfor 3 h at room temperature). To release the oligomers from the support,the support was treated with aqueous concentrated ammonia. The clampingbiotinylated oligomers were purified by PAGE.

The linear poly Thy 12-mer HypNA-pPNA, with HypNA to pPNA monomers in a1:3 ratio, was synthesized on a dT-LCAA-CPG solid Support (AppliedBiosystems) using the phosphotriester synthesis as disclosed herein anddescribed by Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998) andEfimov, et al. Russian Journal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555(1999), by alternating coupling of HypNA-pPNA dimers and pPNA monomersto the growing oligomer. The linear poly Thy 12-mer HypNA-pPNA wasbiotinylated as described above for the clamping oligomer.

The cell lysate/HypNA-pPNA mixture was incubated at 37° C., with gentleshaking, for 45-60 minutes. Streptavidin coated magnetic beads (bindingcapacity of approx. 10 pmol of probe/μl of particles) were addeddirectly to the cell lysate/HypNA-pPNA mixture, and the mixture wasincubated at room temperature on a rocking platform for 1 hour.

Using a magnet, the streptavidin beads with the HypNA-pPNA-analog withmRNA attached was separated from the remaining cell lysate material. Thelysate supernatant was carefully removed with a pipet. The beads werewashed once with High Salt Buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 500 mM NaCl),once with Super Wash Buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 250 mM NaCl, 0.1% Tween20), and three times with Low Salt Buffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 250 mMNaCl).

Following the Super Wash Buffer wash, the HypNA-pPNA captured materialwas subjected to DNAse treatment. Similar to oligo dT, oligo THypNA-pPNA will hybridize to some genomic DNA at A-rich regions. PNAs,including HypNA-pPNAs, are resistant to nucleases. Therefore, it ispossible to perform a DNase digest of the captured nucleic acid while itis attached to the streptavidin beads, although this treatment isoptional. DNAse digestions were performed by adding 1 ml of Low SaltBuffer (10 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 250 mM NaCl) to the beads after removal ofthe Super Wash Buffer. The beads were resuspended in this buffer using amicro pipet tip. Three units of RNase-free Dnase were added. Theresuspended beads were incubated with Dnase at room temperature for 10minutes. The streptavidin beads bound to the HypNA-pPNA-analog with themRNA attached were then separated from the remaining degraded DNA usinga magnet. The beads were then washed in low salt buffer, as above.

The washed streptavidin beads were resuspended in 150 μl of DEPC-treatedwater. The beads were allowed to sit in the DEPC-treated water for 5minutes at room temperature to allow the mRNA to fall off the HypNA-pPNAoligomers attached to the beads. Using a magnet, the beads wereseparated from the mRNA. The eluted mRNA was collected. A second elutionwas performed by adding 150 μl of DEPC-treated water to the beads and,after 5 minutes at room temperature, collecting the beads with a magnetand removing the eluate, which was pooled with the first eluate.

The eluted RNA was diluted 1:25 in 10 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5 and theabsorbance at 260 was 0.24 and the absorbance at 280 nm was 0.125,giving a 260:280 ration of 1.92 and a yield of 72 micrograms of polyARNA. Gel electrophoresis in the presence of formaldehyde showed thepreparation was substantially free of ribosomal RNA.

Example 24 Normalization of a cDNA Libraries Using OligonucleotideAnalogues

A HypNA-pPNA oligomer of sequence: N-term-CTGGTCTCAAGTCAG-C-term,complementary to the 3′ untranslated region of the β-actin mRNA, andhaving a HypNA to pPNA of 1:1, 1:2, or 1:3 is synthesized using themethods of the present invention. The HypNA-pPNA oligomer will be alsocomprises a poly-histidine moiety for binding to Ni²⁺-NTA resins. Theattachment of the 6-His peptide can be through the synthesis of an amidebond between carboxy terminal of the His peptide and the amino terminusof a pPNA residue of the HypNA-pPNA oligomer.

In one experiment, polyadenylated (poly A) RNA is prepared from HeLaaccording to methods described in Example 23, or by other methods knownin the art. One nanomole of the HypNA-pPNA oligomer is added to apreparation of 0.5 micrograms of HeLa mRNA in 50 mM Tris-HCl, pH 8.3, 30mM KCl, 8 mM MgCl₂, and 10 mM dithiothreitol and the mixture (10microliters) is heated to 70 degrees C. for 10 min. and then cooled onice. Oligo dT primer obtained commercially is added to the mixture,which is again heated to 70 degrees C. for 10 min. and then cooled onice. cDNA synthesis is then performed using reverse transcriptionstandard techniques. A control reverse transcription (RT) reactionwithout the HypNA-pPNA oligomer is also performed.

First-strand cDNA from the above RT reactions is used to amplify aregion of the actin gene. Glyceraldehyde-3-Phosphate Dehydrogenase(GAPDH), (a second abundant gene) is reverse transcribed and PCRamplified from both mRNA populations to show that HypNA-pPNA oligomerhybridization to one gene does not affect the RT of a second gene.

In another approach, termed the “subtracting” approach, uses a specificbinding member on the HypNA-pPNA oligomer to pull out theHypNA-pPNA/RNA. In this case nickel-NTA-coated beads are added to thehybridization reaction and used to pull out HypNA-pPNA/abundant messageheteroduplexes. As with the first approach, the subtracted mRNA and anormal mRNA control sample are reverse transcribed and PCR-amplifiedwith actin primers to determine the representation of β-actin in the twomRNA populations. These two mRNA samples are also reverse transcribedand PCR amplified with the GAPDH primers as positive controls. Theprimers used in this study are outlined in Table 4.

TABLE 4 Primers used in PCR reactions for the β-actin and GAPDH genes.Gene Size of name Sequence PCR Product Actin5′-GCTCACCATGGATGATGATATCGC-3′ 1000 bp (SEQ ID NO: 15)5′-GGAGGAGCAATGATCTTGATCTTC-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 16) GAPDH5′-TTAGCACCCCTGGCCAAGG-3′  540 bp (SEQ ID NO: 17)5′-CTTACTCCTTGGAGGCCATG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 18)

cDNA libraries can be constructed from RNA population that have beennormalized by the specific binding of HypNA-pPNA oligonucleotideanalogues to one or more abundant messages and the removal of theabundant messages from the RNA population, as described above. Screeninga normalized library (such as by filter hybridization) can demonstratean increased representation of less abundant genes in the cDNA library,relative to the representation of less abundant genes in cDNA librariesthat have not been normalized.

Example 25 Synthesis of4-O-4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl-N-(N⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline[monomer (I)]

4-O-4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl-N-(N⁴-benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyprolinewas made by dissolving 4-hydroxyproline methyl ester hydrochloride (1.82g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrilecontaining 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine.N⁴-Benzoylcytosin-9-ylacetic acid (3.55 g, 13 mmol) andN,N′-dicyclohexylcarbodiimide (DCC) (2.88 g, 14 mmol) were added. Thereaction was terminated after 3 hours stirring by the addition of 2 mlwater and incubated overnight at room temperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). 4,4′-Dimethoxytritylchloride (DMTrCl) (4.41 g, 13 mmol) was added and the mixture wasincubated at 50° C. for 30 min., cooled to room temperature followed byaddition 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extracted with methylenechloride (DCM) (2×80 ml), organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ thensolvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was dissolved inpyridine (60 ml) and LiI (30 mmol, 4.05 g) was added and the solutionwas heated at 90° C. for 6 hrs. The reaction mixture was evaporated 70ml of 1M TEAB solution was added and the product was extracted with DCM(3×80 ml). The combined organic phase was washed once with 0.5M TEAB(100 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄ then solvent was removed by evaporation andco-evaporated with toluene (3×50 ml).

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-8% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 4.6 mmol (3.48g, 46%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Example 26 Synthesis of4-O-4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyproline[monomer (I)]

4-O-4,4′-Dimethoxytrityl-N-(N²-isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacetyl)-L-hydroxyprolinewas made by dissolving 4-hydroxyproline methyl ester hydrochloride (1.82g, 10 mmol) in 40 ml of a 1:1 mixture of pyridine-acetonitrilecontaining 1.4 ml (10 mmol) of triethylamine.N²-Isobutyrylguanin-9-ylacctic acid (3.62 g, 13 mmol) and DCC (2.88 g,14 mmol) were added. The reaction was terminated after 3 hours stirringby the addition of 2 ml water and incubated overnight at roomtemperature.

The mixture was then filtered to remove precipitated dicyclohexyl urea.The filtrate was dried by evaporation and coevaporated with pyridine(2×30 ml) and then dissolved in pyridine (40 ml). 4,4′-Dimethoxytritylchloride (DMTrCl) (4.41 g, 13 mmol) was added and the mixture wasincubated at 50° C. for 30 min., cooled to room temperature followed byaddition 5% NaHCO₃ (60 ml). The product was extracted with methylenechloride (DCM) (2×80 ml), organic layers were dried over Na₂SO₄ thensolvent was removed by evaporation. The residue was dissolved inpyridine (50 ml) and LiI (30 mmol, 4.05 g) was added and the solutionwas heated at 90° C. for 6 hrs. The reaction mixture was evaporated 70ml of 1M TEAB solution was added and the product was extracted with DCM(3×80 ml). The combined organic phase was washed once with 0.5M TEAB(100 ml), dried over Na₂SO₄, and then solvent was removed by evaporationand co-evaporated with toluene (3×50 ml).

The resulting product was chromatographed on silica gel in a gradient of0-10% methanol in DCM containing 1% triethylamine to give 4.1 mmol (3.26g, 41%) triethylammonium salt of the title compound.

Example 27 Mismatch Discrimination of Oligonucleotides andOligonucleotide Analogues in Moderate Salt Conditions

A HypNA-pPNA 16-mer was synthesized using HypNA-pPNA dimer synthons andphosphotriester synthesis as in Example 13. The sequence of theHypNA-pPNA oligomer was:T_(h)-G_(p)-G_(h)-T_(p)-C_(h)-T_(p)-C_(h)-A_(p)-A_(h)-G_(p)-T_(h)-C_(p)-A_(h)-G_(p)-T_(h)-G_(p)-dT,where the subscript h denotes a “HypNA” monomeric unit and the subscriptp denotes a “pPNA” monomeric unit.

DNA oligomers were synthesized using standard methods having sequencescomplementary to the HypNA-pPNA sequence, either totally complementary,or having one or two mismatches with respect to the HypNA-pPNA sequence(see Table 5). For performing DNA-DNA control hybridizations, a DNAoligomer with a sequence identical to that of the HypNA-pPNA oligomer,5′-TGGTCTCACGTCAGTG-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 19) was also synthesized.

To perform the melting curve analysis, the DNA oligomers and HypNA-pPNAoligomers were mixed at a 1:1 in a volume of 400 microliters. Fornucleic acid hybridization controls, DNA oligomers and complementary (orpartially complementary) DNA oligomers, were mixed at a 1:1 ratio in avolume of 400 microliters. The hybridization solutions contained 20millimolar Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 150 millimolar NaCl, and 10 millimolarMgCl₂.

The mixtures of DNA oligomers or DNA oligomers with HypNA-pPNA oligomerswere then incubated at 90 degrees C. for 3 minutes and allowed to coolgradually to room temperature overnight. The samples were then heated ata rate of 1 degree C. per minute from 20 degrees C. to 100 degrees C.using a thermal control unit linked to a spectrophotometer. Changes inthe absorbance at 260 nanometers were recorded, and a Tm was calculatedfor each combination of oligomers.

In some cases, there was no discernible Tm, which we interpret to be theresult of the inability of particular oligomer pairs to form stablecomplexes.

TABLE 5 Mismatch Discrimination of HypNA-pPNA Oligonucleotide Analoguesand DNA Oligomers Hybridized to DNA Tm, ° C. Tm, ° C. DNA/DNA PNA/DNA(ΔTm) (ΔTm) Probe Sequence 61.6 58.2 No mismatches: 5′-CAC TGA CTT GAGACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 20) 61.7 57.9 No mismatches 51.7 (9.9) 45.1 (13.1)Mismatch A: 5′-CAC TGA GTT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 21) 51.8 (9.9) 45.4(12.5) Mismatch A 42.6 (19) No Tm Mismatch B: 5′-CAC TGA GTG GAG ACC A-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 22) 42.6 (18.9) 50.7* Mismatch B 60.4* Mismatch B 51.6(10) 48.3 (9.9) Mismatch C: 5′-CAC TGA CTT GAG TCC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 23)53.8 (7.9) 49.2 (8.7) Mismatch C 52.7 (8.9) No Tm Mismatch E: 5′-CGG TGACTT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 25) 55.1 (6.6) 53.8* Mismatch E 48.4*Mismatch E 47.4* Mismatch E 52.6 (9) 43.7 (14.5) Mismatch F: 5′-CAC TGACGT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 26) 55.6 (6.1) 43.7 (14.2) Mismatch F:52.2 (9.4) 47.3 (10.9) Mismatch G: 5′-CAC TGA CTG GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ IDNO: 27) 52.6 (9.1) 53.4 (4.5) Mismatch G 50.0 (11.6) 52.7 (5.5) MismatchH: 5′-CAC TGA CAT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 28) 53.4 (8.3) 51.8 (6.1)Mismatch H 33.3 (28.3) No Tm Mismatch K: 5′-CAC TGA GTT CAG ACC A -3′(SEQ ID NO: 29) 36.2 (25.5) 50.9 (7)* Mismatch K 52.3 (9.3) 43.1 (15.1)Mismatch J: 5′-CAC TGA ATT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 30) 52.5 (9.2) 48.5(9.4) Mismatch J 47.4 (14.2) No Tm Mismatch L: 5′-CAC TGA GTT GGG ACC A-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 31) 50.0 (11.7) 33.6 (24.3)* Mismatch L 50.2 (11.5) NoTm Mismatch M: 5′-CAC GGA GTT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 32) 45.2 (16.4)60.5* Mismatch M *Tms not reliable, complex probably unstable.

Example 28 Mismatch Discrimination of Oligonucleotides andOligonucleotide Analogues in High Salt Conditions

A HypNA-pPNA 16-mer was synthesized using HypNA-pPNA dimer synthons andphosphotriester synthesis as in Example 13. The sequence of theHypNA-pPNA oligomer was:T_(h)-G_(p)-G_(h)-T_(p)-C_(h)-T_(p)-C_(h)-A_(p)-A_(h)-G_(p)-T_(h)-C_(p)-A_(h)-G_(p)-T_(h)-G_(p)-.

DNA oligomers were synthesized using standard methods having sequencescomplementary to the HypNA-pPNA sequence, either completelycomplementary, or having one or two mismatches with respect to theHypNA-pPNA sequence (see Table 5). For performing DNA-DNA controlhybridizations, a DNA oligomer with a sequence identical to that of theHypNA-pPNA oligomer was also synthesized.

To perform the melting curve analysis, the DNA oligomers and HypNA-pPNAoligomers were mixed at a 1:1 ratio in a volume of 400 microliters. Fornucleic acid hybridization controls, DNA oligomers and complementary (ornearly complementary) DNA oligomers, were mixed at a 1:1 ratio in avolume of 400 microliters. The hybridization solutions contained 20millimolar Tris-HCl, pH 7.5, 500 millimolar NaCl, and 10 millimolarMgCl₂.

The mixtures of DNA oligomers or DNA oligomers with HypNA-pPNA oligomerswere then incubated at 90 degrees C. for 3 minutes and allowed to coolgradually to room temperature overnight. The samples were then heated ata rate of 1 degree C. per minute from 20 degrees C. to 100 degrees C.using a thermal control unit linked to a spectrophotometer. Changes inthe absorbance at 260 nanometers were recorded, and a Tm was calculatedfor each combination of oligomers.

In some cases, there was no discernible Tm, which we interpret to be theresult of the inability of particular oligomer pairs to form stablecomplexes.

TABLE 6 Thermal Stability of Duplexes Comprising DNA and HypNA-pPNAOligomers Tm, ° C. Tm, ° C. DNA/DNA PNA/DNA (ΔTm) (ΔTm) Probe Sequence64.0 58.0 No mismatches: 5′-CAC TGA CTT GAG ACC A-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 20)63.8 59.1 No mismatches 64.5 No mismatches 51.7 (7) 41.4 (17) MismatchA: 5′-CAC TGA GTT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 21) 56.8 (7) 41.1 (17)Mismatch A 52.6 (11) No Tm Mismatch B: 5′-CAC TGA GTG GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQID NO: 22) 46.8 (17) No Tm Mismatch B 47.2 (17) 46.1 (18) 60.8 (3) 54.3(4) Mismatch D 5′-CAC TGA CTT GAG ACG A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 24) 62.7 (1)54.9 (3) Mismatch D 56.5 (7) No Tm Mismatch E 5′-CGG TGA CTT GAG ACC A-3′ (SEQ ID NO: 25) 56.8 (7) No Tm Mismatch E 53.9 (10) No Tm Mismatch F5′-CAC TGA CGT GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 26) 55.3 (9) No Tm Mismatch F56.2 (8) No Tm Mismatch G 5′-CAC TGA CTG GAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 27)56.1 (8) No Tm Mismatch G 55.1 (9) 41.3 (17) Mismatch H 5′-CAC TGA CATGAG ACC A -3′ (SEQ ID NO: 28) 53.3 (11) 43.5 (15) Mismatch H

Example 29 Melting Curve Analysis of Poly T DNA and Poly T PNA AnaloguesHybridized to Poly A DNA and Poly A RNA

In this experiment we compared hybridized complexes of DNA/DNA,DNA/PNAs, RNA/DNA and PNA/PNAs, for the stability of the complex formed.Poly A DNA oligomers, poly T DNA oligomers, poly A RNA oligomers, andpoly T RNA oligomers were synthesized by solid phase synthesis. PNAoligonucleotide analogues were synthesized by solid phase synthesisusing methods disclosed herein. The classical PNA Poly T oligomerconsisted of a PNA having a N-(2-aminoethyl)glycine backbone. The 1:1Poly T PNA consisted of: biotin-linker-(HypNA-pPNA)₇-dT. The 1:2 Poly TPNA consisted of: biotin-linker-(HypNA-pPNA-pPNA)₅-dT. The 1:3 Poly TPNA consisted of: biotin-linker-[(HypNA-pPNA)-(pPNA-pPNA)]₄-dT.

To hybridize DNA/DNA and DNA/RNA oligomers, equal amounts ofoligonucleotide were mixed in 20 mM Tris, pH 7.5, 100 mM NaCl, 10 mMMgCl₂, incubated at 90° C. for 3 minutes and left to cool gradually toroom temperature overnight. Samples were then heated at a rate of 1° C.per minute from 20° C. to 100° C., using a spectrophotometer linked to athermal control unit. Changes in A₂₆₀ were recorded and a Tm value wascalculated for each complex.

To hybridize PNA oligonucleotide analogues to DNA and RNA oligomers, theratio of DNA (or RNA) oligomer to PNA oligomer was 1:2. This 1:2 ratiowas used to promote the formation of a triplex structure, with 2 PNAoligomers binding to each DNA oligomer.

These samples were hybridized and treated in a identical manner to theDNA/DNA and DNA/RNA complexes to obtain Tm values.

The results (Table 7) show that, unlike oligomers comprised of DNA, RNA,or classical PNAs, PNA analogues that comprise HypNA and pPNA residuesdiffer significantly in the stability of the complexes they form withDNA and with RNA. HypNA-pPNA oligomers form more stable complexes withRNA than they form with DNA, and the difference in the stability of theHypNA-pPNA/DNA and HypNA-pPNA/RNA complexes increases with increasingproportions of pPNA residues in the HypNA-pPNA oligomer.

TABLE 7 Thermal Stability of Poly T Nucleotide and OligonucleotideAnalogue Probes Hybridized with Poly A DNA and Poly A Target: Target: 16mer poly A DNA 16 mer poly A RNA Probe Tm, ° C. Tm, ° C. Poly T DNA 46.345.5 Poly T DNA 46.6 49.2 Classical Poly T PNA 85.0 82.0 1:1 Poly TPNA-analog 81.1 73.0 1:1 Poly T PNA-analog 81.9 72.7 1:2 Poly TPNA-analog 74.4 66.1 1:2 Poly T PNA-analog 74.0 66.0 1:3 Poly TPNA-analog 60.9 48.9 1:3 Poly T PNA-analog 60.8 47.2

Example 30 Detection of Complementary Target DNA and RNA Samples byAffinity PAGE and Detection with Intercalating Dyes

A HypNA-pPNA capture probe with the sequence:(Ch-Tp-Gh-Cp-Ah-Ap-Ah-Gp-Gh-Ap-Ch-Ap-Ch-Cp-Ah-Tp)-dG was synthesizedcoupled to a 5′ acrylamide residue as described in Example 19. Thecapture probe was co-polymerized with acrylamide as described in Example18 in slots of an acrylamide gel as described in Rehman et al. (NucleicAcids Research 27: 649-655 (1999)). Target oligonucleotides having thesequence:

-   d(TCATGGTGTCCTTTGCAGTTTTTTTGTGAGTGTTGAG) (SEQ ID    NO:33)—complementary-   d(TCATGGTCTCCTTTGCAGTTTTTTTGTGAGTGTTGAG) (SEQ ID NO:34)—mismatched-   r(UCAUGGUGUCCUUUGCAGUUUUUUUGUGAGUGUUGAGUGA) (SEQ ID    NO:35)—complementary-   r(UCAUGGUCACCUUUGCAGUUUUUUUGUGAGUGUUGAGUGA) (SEQ ID    NO:36)—mismatched    were electrophoresed through lanes of the gel at 40° C.

Following electrophoresis, the gel was stained with ethidium bromide andphotographed under UV illumination. Visual inspection of the stained gel(FIG. 8) revealed that single nucleobase mismatches did not result inthe capture of a target by the capture HypNA-pPNA probe co-polymerizedinto the polyacrylamide gel and in fluorescence of the hybridizationproducts (lanes 2, 4, and 6), while complementaryoligonucleotide/HypNA-pPNA complexes resulted in ethidium-stainedfluorescent hybrids captured by the gel layer containing the specificHypNA-pPNA probe (lanes 1, 3, and 5).

Example 31 Protocol for Large-scale (Maxi) mRNA Isolation Using LinearHypNA-pPNA Oligomers

-   1. Begin isolation with 1-2×10⁸ cells or 0.4-1 g tissue. Tissue will    need to be homogenized in 15 ml complete lysis buffer until the    solution is uniformly suspended. Resuspend cell pellets in 15 ml    complete lysis buffer. It may be necessary to heat the cell pellet    at 42-45° C. for 2 minutes and/or vortex the cell pellet for    complete resuspension.

Lysis Buffer: Complete Lysis Buffer: 200 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5 150microliters Proteinase/15 ml Lysis Buffer 200 mM NaCl Proteinase = 20mg/ml Proteinase K 500 mM GTC 25 mM MgCl₂ 1% Pete Jones Detergent (PeteJones Detergent is a 1:10 dilution of Bold laundry detergent (Procterand Gamble, available in the United Kingdom) that is allowed to sit atroom temperature for 48 hours and then filtered.)

-   2. Incubate the cell lysate at 42-45° C. for 15-60 minutes.    Incubation is important for complete digestion of ribonucleases and    proteins. A 60 minute incubation is recommended for tissue samples,    while cell material is effectively digested in 15-20 minutes. The    time of incubation can be optimized for a particular sample type.-   3. If insoluble material persists, particularly in the case of    tissue preparations, centrifuge at 12,000× g (10,000 rpm for Sorval    SS-34 rotors) for 10 minutes at room temperature and transfer the    supernatant to a new tube.-   4. Shear any remaining DNA by passing the lysate through a sterile    plastic syringe attached to an 18-21 gauge needle 4-5 times. This    will yield a cleaner mRNA preparation.-   5. Add 75 microliters 1 (4.5 nanomoles) poly T ‘PNA probe’ (1:1    HypNA-pPNA 14-mer linear probe having the sequence:    biotin-(HypNA-pPNA)₇-dT) to the cell lysate.    -   1:1 HypNA-pPNA probe is supplied lyophilized and resuspended in        ultra pure HPLC grade water to make a 60 pmol/microliter working        stock.-   6. Incubate the lysate containing the probe at 70° C. for 10    minutes. Centrifuge the samples at 14,000 rpm for 5 seconds. (This    incubation step can open up any secondary structure on the RNA and    allow the 1:1 HypNA-pPNA probe to bind more efficiently.)-   7. Incubate the cell lysate/probe mixture at room temperature for 15    minutes with gentle shaking.-   8. Add 470 microliters Streptavidin beads to the cell lysate/probe    mixture. Incubate at room temperature for 45 minutes with gentle    shaking.    -   The streptavidin beads used in the kit are also magnetic.        Magnetic capture can be used as an alternative method to        centrifugation (steps 8, 10, and 11, below). The beads have a 9        pmol/microliter biotin binding capacity. Therefore 470        microliter streptavidin beads can capture up to 4230 pmol        biotinylated probe. 4500 pmol of 1:1 HypNA-pPNA probe are added        to the reaction, but only 80% of the probe (3600 pmol) is        biotinylated. So our sample should contain an excess of the        streptavidin beads. We found no significant differences in yield        for bead incubation times ranging from 30 minutes to 1 hour.-   9. Centrifuge the samples at 2,500× g (3,500 rpm for JS-4.2 and    JS-3.0 rotors) for 10-15 minutes at room temperature in a table-top    or similar centrifuge. Carefully remove the lysate supernatant and    discard.-   10. Add 10 ml Wash Buffer. Resuspend the streptavidin beads by    pipetting up and down with a pipet tip. If the beads are difficult    to resuspend vortex at low speeds.    -   Wash Buffer:    -   20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5    -   250 mM NaCl    -   (DEPC treated)-   11. Spin the samples at 2,500× g for 5 minutes at room temperature.    Carefully remove and discard the Wash Buffer.-   12. Repeat steps 9 and 10 one to two more times. Increasing the    number of washes will reduce the amount of ribosomal RNA in the    final mRNA preparation.-   13. Add 500 microliters Wash Buffer. Resuspend the streptavidin    beads by pipetting up and down with a pipet tip. Transfer the    resuspended beads to a microcentrifuge tube.-   14. Centrifuge at 14,000× g (full speed in a microcentrifuge) for 3    minutes. Carefully remove the Wash Buffer with a pipet tip.-   15. Resuspend the streptavidin beads in 150 microliter DEPC-treated    water. Use a sterile pipet tip to ensure the beads are evenly    resuspended. Make sure to resuspend any beads that may have    collected along the wall of the microcentrifuge tube.-   16. Incubate the beads resuspended in DEPC-treated water for 5    minutes at 75° C. to allow the mRNA to fall off the HypNA-pPNA    probe.-   17. Spin at 14,000× g for 3 minutes. The mRNA is now in the eluate.    DO NOT DISCARD. Transfer the eluate to a sterile microcentrifuge    tube.-   18. Most of the mRNA comes off in the first elution, but for    individuals wanting to obtain an additional 10% mRNA a second    elution can be performed by repeating steps 14-16. The two eluates    can be combined into the same microcentrifuge tube.-   19. The mRNA can be used directly or precipitated. We recommend    precipitation of the samples.    Using the above protocol, 230 micrograms of poly A RNA were isolated    from 1×108 Hela cells. The RNA had an A260/280 of 2.02.

Example 32 Protocol for Mid-Scale (Midi) mRNA Isolation Using LinearHypNA-pPNA Oligomers

-   1. Begin isolation with 1×10⁷ cells or 50-200 mg tissue. Tissue will    need to be homogenized in 1.5 ml complete lysis buffer until the    solution is uniformly suspended. Resuspend cell pellets in 1.5 ml    complete lysis buffer. It may be necessary to heat the cell pellet    at 42-45° C. for 2 minutes and/or vortex the cell pellet for    complete resuspension.

Lysis Buffer: Complete Lysis Buffer: 200 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5 15microliters Proteinase/1.5 ml Lysis Buffer 200 mM NaCl Proteinase = 20mg/ml Proteinase K 500 mM GTC 25 mM MgCl₂ 1% Pete Jones Detergent (PeteJones Detergent is a 1:10 dilution of Bold laundry detergent (Procterand Gamble, available in the United Kingdom) that is allowed to sit atroom temperature for 48 hours and then filtered.)

-   2. Incubate the cell lysate at 42-45° C. for 15-60 minutes.    Incubation is important for complete digestion of ribonucleases and    proteins. A 60 minute incubation is recommended for tissue samples,    while cell material is effectively digested in 15-20 minutes. The    time of incubation can be optimized for a particular sample type.-   3. If insoluble material persists, particularly in the case of    tissue preparations, centrifuge at 14,000× g (full speed in a    microcentrifuge) for 10 minutes at room temperature and transfer the    supernatant to a new tube.-   4. Shear any remaining DNA by passing the lysate through a sterile    plastic syringe attached to an 18-21 gauge needle 4-5 times. This    will yield a cleaner mRNA preparation.-   5. Add 15 microliters (600 pmoles) poly T ‘PNA probe’ (1:1    HypNA-pPNA 14-mer linear probe having the sequence:    biotin-(HypNA-pPNA)₇-dT) to the cell lysate.    -   1:1 HypNA-pPNA probe is supplied lyophilized and resuspended in        ultra pure HPLC grade water to make a 40 pmol/microliter working        stock.-   6. Incubate at 70° C. for 10 minutes. Centrifuge the samples at    14,000 rpm for 5 seconds. (This incubation step can open up any    secondary structure on the RNA and allow the 1:1 HypNA-pPNA probe to    bind more efficiently.)-   7. Incubate the cell lysate/probe mixture at room temperature for 15    minutes with gentle shaking.-   8. Add 60 microliters streptavidin beads to the cell lysate/probe    mixture. Incubate at room temperature for 45 minutes with gentle    shaking.    -   The streptavidin beads used in the kit are also magnetic.        Magnetic capture can be used as an alternative centrifugation        centrifugation (steps 8, 10, and 11, below). The beads have 9        pmol/microliter biotin binding capacity. Therefore 60 microliter        streptavidin beads can capture up to 540 pmol biotinylated        probe. We added 600 pmol 1:1 HypNA-pPNA probe to our reaction,        but only 80% of the probe (480 pmol) is biotinylated. So our        sample should contain an excess of streptavidin beads. We found        no significant differences in yield for bead incubation times        ranging from 30 minutes to 1 hour.-   9. Centrifuge the samples at 14,000× g for 5 minutes at room    temperature. Carefully remove and discard the supernatant.-   10. Add 750 microliters Wash Buffer. Resuspend the streptavidin    beads by pipetting up and down. If the beads are difficult to    resuspend vortex at low speeds.    -   Wash Buffer:    -   20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5    -   250 mM NaCl    -   (DEPC treated)-   11. Spin at 14,000× g for 3 minutes at room temperature. Carefully    remove and discard the Wash Buffer.-   12. Repeat steps 9 and 10 one to two more times. Increasing the    number of washes will reduce the amount of ribosomal RNA in the    final mRNA preparation.-   13. Resuspend the streptavidin beads in 75 microliters DEPC water.    Use a sterile pipet tip to ensure the beads are completely    resuspended. Make sure to resuspend any beads that may have    collected along the wall of the microcentrifuge tube.-   14. Incubate the beads resuspended in DEPC water for 5 minutes at    75° C. to allow the mRNA to fall off the HypNA-pPNA probe.-   15. Spin at 14,000× g for 3 minutes. The mRNA is now in the eluate.    DO NOT DISCARD. Transfer the eluate to a sterile microcentrifuge    tube.-   16. Most of the mRNA comes off in the first elution, but for    individuals wanting to obtain an additional 10% mRNA a second    elution can be performed repeating steps 12-14. The two eluates can    be combined into the same microcentrifuge tube.-   17. The mRNA can be used directly or precipitated. We recommend    precipitation of the samples.    Using the above protocol to isolated poly A RNA from 1×10⁷ Hela    cells, we have obtained yields of 12, 14, and 17 micrograms of poly    A RNA, having A260/280 of 1.98, 1.93, and 1.95 respectively.

Example 33 Protocol for mRNA Isolation from Total RNA Using LinearHypNA-pPNA Oligomers

-   1. Begin isolation with up to 500 micrograms total RNA in RNase-free    water. Add the total RNA to the RNase-free 2 ml microcentrifuge tube    provided and mix with an equal volume of 2× Binding Buffer. The    final volume of the hybridization reaction should not exceed 1.5 ml.    -   2× Binding Buffer    -   20 mM Tris, pH 7.5    -   600 mM NaCl    -   20 mM MgCl2-   2. Add 15 microliters poly T ‘PNA probe’ (1:1 HypNA-pPNA 14-mer    linear probe having the sequence: biotin-(HypNA-pPNA)₇-dT) to the    total RNA mixture.    -   1:1 HypNApPNA probe is supplied lyophilized and resuspended in        ultra pure HPLC grade water to make a 40 pmol/microliter working        stock. Therefore each reaction receives 600 pmol of the probe.-   3. Incubate at 70° C. for 10 minutes. Centrifuge the samples at    14,000× g for 5 seconds.-   4. Incubate the hybridization reaction at room temperature for 15    minutes with gentle shaking.-   5. Add 60 microliters streptavidin beads to the hybridization    reaction. Incubate at room temperature for 45 minutes with gentle    shaking.-   6. Centrifuge the samples at 14,000× g (full speed in a    microcentrifuge) for 5 minutes at room temperature. Carefully remove    and discard the supernatant.-   7. Add 750 microliters Wash Buffer. Resuspend the streptavidin beads    by pipetting up and down. If the beads are difficult to resuspend    vortex at low speeds.    -   Wash Buffer:    -   20 mM Tris-HCl, pH 7.5    -   250 mM NaCl        -   (DEPC treated)-   8. Spin at 14,000× g for 3 minutes at room temperature. Carefully    remove and discard the Wash Buffer.-   9. Repeat steps 7 and 8 one to two more times. Increasing the number    of washes will reduce the amount of ribosomal RNA in the final mRNA    preparation.-   10. Resuspend the streptavidin beads in 75 microliters DEPC water.    Use a sterile pipet tip to ensure the beads are completely    resuspended. Make sure to resuspend any beads that may have    collected along the wall of the microcentrifuge tube.-   11. Incubate the beads resuspended in DEPC water for 5 minutes at    75° C.-   12. Spin at 14,000× g for 3 minutes. The mRNA is now in the eluate.    DO NOT DISCARD. Transfer the eluate to a sterile microcentrifuge    tube.-   13. Most of the mRNA comes off in the first elution, but for    individuals wanting to obtain an additional 10% mRNA a second    elution can be performed repeating steps 10-12. The two eluates can    be combined into the same microcentrifuge tube.-   14. The mRNA can be used directly or precipitated. We recommend    precipitation of the samples.    Using the above protocol, we have isolated 8 micrograms of poly A    RNA from 500 micrograms of total RNA. The final product had an    A260/280 of 2.01.

Example 34 Protocol for mRNA Isolation in 96-Well Plates Using LinearHypNA-pPNA Oligomers

-   1. Begin isolation with 5×10⁵ cells or 10 mg tissue. Tissue will    need to be ground in a mortar and pestle under liquid nitrogen or    homogenized prior to use. Cells will need to be washed with PBS    prior to use.-   2. Add 100 microliters lysis buffer to the cells or tissue. Incubate    at 37° C. for 30 minutes.-   3. Transfer the cells (contained in 100 microliters lysis buffer)    from the culture plate to the 96-well Filter plate.-   4. Assemble the Filter Plate on top of the Hybridization plate with    the Alignment Frame holding the two together.-   5. Centrifuge at 1000× g (2,200 rpm in JS-4.2 and JS-3.0 rotors) for    10 minutes at room temperature. The clarified lysate is now in the    Hybridization plate. If all the wells of the Filter Plate were not    used it may be placed back in the zip-lock for further use. Mark the    used Filter plate wells to prevent their re-use.-   6. Add 10 microliters poly T ‘PNA probe’ (1:1 HypNA-pPNA 14-mer    linear probe having the sequence: biotin-(HypNA-pPNA)₇-dT) to each    well being used.    -   1:1 HypNA-pPNA is at 1.5 pmol/microliter working concentration.-   7. Incubate for 1 hour at room temperature with gentle shaking.-   8. Add 10 microliters streptavidin beads to each well being used.    -   Streptavidin beads are diluted in 20% sodium azide to make a 1.5        pmol/μl working concentration.-   9. Incubate for 1 hour at room temperature with gentle shaking.-   10. Place the Hybridization Plate on the 96-well magnet. Let sit 5    minutes for the magnetic beads to be completely pulled back.    Carefully remove and discard the supernatant.-   11. Remove the Hybridization Plate from the 96-well magnet. Add 100    ill Wash Buffer. Resuspend the beads completely by pipetting up and    down.-   12. Place the Hybridization Plate on the 96-well magnet. Let sit 5    minutes for the magnetic beads to be completely pulled back.    Carefully remove and discard the Wash buffer.-   13. Repeat steps 11 and 12 one to two more times. Make sure all of    the Wash Buffer has been removed from each well after the final    wash.-   14. Remove the Hybridization Plate from the 96-well magnet. Add 100    microliters DEPC water to each well. Resuspend the streptavidin    beads by pipetting up and down.-   15. Cover Hybridization plate with acetate sheet. Incubate the    Hybridization plate at 75° C. for 5 minutes.-   16. Centrifuge the plate at 1000× g for 2 minutes to collect all the    liquid.-   17. Place the Hybridization Plate on the 96-well magnet. Let sit 5    minutes for the magnetic beads to be completely pulled back.    Carefully transfer the 100 microliters eluate to the UV Elution    plate.-   18. The eluted mRNA is now ready to be quantified in a UV plate    reader.    Using the above protocol to isolate poly A RNA from samples of    0.5×10⁶ cells, we obtained 172 nanograms and 252 nanograms of poly A    RNA having A260/280's of 1.4 and 1.7, respectively.

All publications, including patent documents and scientific articles,referred to in this application, including any bibliography, areincorporated by reference in their entirety for all purposes to the sameextent as if each individual publication were individually incorporatedby reference.

All headings are for the convenience of the reader and should not beused to limit the meaning of the text that follows the heading, unlessso specified.

BIBLIOGRAPHY

-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,432,272-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,508,178 issued Apr. 16, 2996 to Rose et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,539,082 issued Jul. 23, 1996 to Nielsen et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,641,625 issued Jun. 24, 1997 to Ecker et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,656,461 issued Aug. 12, 1997 to Demers-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,714,331 issued Feb. 3, 1998 to Buchardt et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,719,262 issued Feb. 17, 1998 to Buchardt et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,736,336 issued Apr. 7, 1998 to Buchardt et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,766,855 issued Jun. 16, 1998 to Burchardt et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,773,571 issued Jun. 30, 1998 to Nielsen et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,786,461 issued Jul. 28, 1998 to Buchardt et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,837,459 issued Nov. 17, 1998 to Berg et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,861,250 issued Jan. 19, 1999 to Stanley et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,864,010 issued Jan. 26, 1999 to Cook et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,874,553 issued Feb. 23, 1999 to Peyman et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,888,733 issued Mar. 30, 1999 to Hyldig-Nielsen et    al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,972,610 issued Oct. 26, 1999 to Buchardt et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 5,977,296 issued Nov. 2, 1999 to Nielsen et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,004,750 issued Dec. 21, 1999 to Frank-Kamenetskii et    al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,015,887 issued Jan. 18, 2000 to Teng-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,124 issued Feb. 1, 2000 to Sorenson-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,020,126 issued Feb. 1, 2000 to Carlsson et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,025,140 issued Feb. 15, 2000 to Langel et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,025,482 issued Feb. 15, 2000 to Cook et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,045,995 issued Apr. 9, 2000 to Cummins et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,060,242 issued May 9, 2000 to Nie et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,063,571 issued May 16, 2000 to Uhlmann et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,107,470 issued Aug. 22, 2000 to Nielsen et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,676 issued Aug. 29, 2000 to Coull et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,110,678 issued Aug. 29, 2000 to Weisburg et al.-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,150,510-   U.S. Pat. No. 6,165,720 issued Dec. 26, 2000 to Feigner et al.-   WO 92/002258-   WO 92/20702-   WO 93/10820-   WO 94/22892-   WO 94/24144-   Adams et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 105: 661-663 (1983).-   Ausubel et al., Current Protocols in Molecular Biology, John Wiley    and Sons (1998).-   Beaucage and Caruthers, Tetrahedron Lett. 22:1859-1862 (1981).-   Briepohl et al., Bioorg. & Med. Chem. Lett. 6: 665 (1996).-   Chow et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 9: 2807-2817 (1981).-   Coste et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 31: 669-672 (1990).-   Crea and Horn, Nucl. Acids Res. 8: 2331-2348 (1980).-   Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 11: 8369-8387 (1983).-   Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 13: 3651-3666 (1985).-   Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 14: 6525-6540 (1986).-   Efimov et al., in Abstracts of Protein Engineering Symposium,    Groningen, May 4-7, 1986, Groningen, The Netherlands, Drenth, ed. p.    9 (1986).-   Efimov, et al. (1996) Collect. Czech. Chem. Commun. 61: S262-S264.-   Efimov et al., Bioorg. Khim. 24: 696-709 (1998).-   Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 26: 566-575 (1998).-   Efimov et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 27: 4416-4426 (1999).-   Efimov, et al. Russian Journal of Bioorganic Chemistry 25: 545-555    (1999).-   Finn et al., Nucleic Acids Res. 24: 3357-3364 (1996).-   Froehler et al. J. Am. Chem. Soc. 107:278-279 (1985).-   Gait et al., Nucl. Acids Res. 8: 1081-1096 (1980).-   Gait et al. Nucl. Acids Res. 10: 6243-6254 (1982).-   Gao et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 32: 5477-5480 (1991).-   Goodchild, J. Bioconjugate Chemistry 1: 165 (1990).-   Harlowe and Lane, Antibodies a Laboratory Manual, Cold Spring Harbor    Press (1988)).-   Heinklein et al. in Girault and Andreu (eds.) The Peptides, 21^(st)    European Peptide Symposium, ESCOM, Leiden, pp. 67-77 (1990).-   Koster, et al. Tetrahedron Lett. 24: 747-750 (1983).-   Koysynkina et al. (1994) Tetrahedron Lett. 35: 5173-5176.-   McCollum and Andrus, Tetrahedron Lett. 32: 4069-4072 (1991).-   Orum et al. Nucl Acids Res. 21: 5332-5336 (1993).-   Pain et al. Cells Tissues Organs 165: 212-219 (1999)-   Sambrook et al., Molecular Cloning: A Laboratory Manual, 2nd    edition, Cold Spring Harbor Press, Cold Spring Harbor, N.Y. (1989).-   Sandler and Karo, Polymer Synthesis Vol. 1, Academic Press (1992).-   Sandler and Karo, Polymer Synthesis Vol. 2, Academic Press (1994).-   Sproat et al. Nucleic Acids Res. 14: 1811-1824 (1986).-   Takeuchi et al., Chem. Pharm. Bull. 22: 832-840 (1974).-   van der Laan et al., Tetrahedron Lett. 37: 7857-7860 (1996).-   Will et al. (1995) Tetrahedron 51: 12069-12082.

1. A method for inhibiting gene expression, comprising administering anoligonucleotide analogue to at least one cell or at least one organismto inhibit expression of at least one gene that comprises a nucleotidesequence that is at least partially complementary to the oligonucleotideanalogue, wherein the oligonucleotide analogue comprises the structure:

wherein G is selected from a group consisting of H and a protectinggroup; wherein E is selected from a group consisting of O—, OH, aprotecting group, and an activating group; wherein n is 1 or greater;wherein each B¹ and B² is independently selected from the groupconsisting of H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, aheterocyclic moiety, and a reporter group, wherein amino groups, ifpresent, are, optionally, protected by amino protecting groups; whereineach A¹ and A² is independently selected from the group consisting offormula (Ia), (Ib), and (Ic):

wherein each R¹ and R² is independently selected from the group ofconsisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; amino;and halogen; wherein r and s are, for I(a), I(b), and I(c) independentlyof one another, values from 0 to 5; Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; Xis O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂; and wherein each R⁴ and R⁵ isindependently selected from the group of consisting of hydrogen;(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; amino; aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl; and anamino acid side chain; wherein each R⁶ is independently selected fromthe group of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl;and an amino acid side chain; wherein each R⁷ is independently selectedfrom the group of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-,alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy;alkylthio; amino; aryl; aralkyl; and heteroaryl; and each R⁸ isindependently selected from the group of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl;aryl; aralkyl; and heteroaryl; or wherein each R⁷ is independentlyselected from the group of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl;hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; aryl;aralkyl; and heteroaryl; and R⁸ is independently selected from the groupof consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; amino;aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl and halogen; wherein each R⁹ is independentlyselected from the group of consisting g of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl;hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; alkoxy;aryl; arylkyl; and heteroaryl; wherein each R¹⁰ and R¹¹ is independentlyselected from the group of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl;hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; aryl;aralkyl; heteroaryl; and an amino acid side chain; wherein each R¹²,R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is independently selected from the group ofconsisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; aryl;aralkyl; heteroaryl; and an amino acid side chain; and wherein each T isindependently selected from the group of consisting of hydrogen;(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; aryl; aralicyl; heteroaryl;and an amino acid side chain; and salts thereof.
 2. A method accordingto claim 1 wherein n is less than about
 500. 3. A method according toclaim 1 wherein n is less than about
 50. 4. A method according to claim1 wherein n is less than about
 15. 5. A method according to claim 1wherein n is selected from the group consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8,9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and
 15. 6. A method according to claim 2 whereinsaid oligonucleotide analogue comprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNAmonomers and wherein the ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers in theoligonucleotide analogue is from bout 2:1 to about 1:3.
 7. A methodaccording to claim 2 wherein said oligonucleotide analogue comprises aratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers and wherein the ratio of HypNA to pPNAmonomers in the oligonucleotide analogue is from bout 1:1 to about 1:2.8. A method for inhibiting gene expression, comprising administering anoligonucleotide analogue to at least one cell or at least one organismto inhibit expression of at least one gene that comprises a nucleotidesequence that is at least partially complementary to the oligonucleotideanalogue, wherein the oligonucleotide analogue comprises the structure:

wherein G is selected from a group consisting of H and is a protectinggroup; wherein E is selected from a group consisting of O—, OH, aprotecting group, and an activating group; wherein n is 1 or greater;wherein each B¹ and B² is independently selected from the groupconsisting of H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, aheterocyclic moiety, and a reporter group, wherein amino groups, ifpresent, are, optionally, protected by amino protecting groups; whereineach A¹ and A² is independently selected from the group of consisting offormula (Ia), (Ib), and (Ic):

wherein each R¹ and R² is independently selected from the group ofconsisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; amino;and halogen; wherein r and s are, for I(a), (Ib), and (Ic) independentlyof one another, values from 0 to 5; Y is a single bond, O, S, or NR⁴; Xis O, S, Se, NR⁵, CH₂, or C(CH₃)₂; and wherein each R⁴ and R⁵ isindependently selected from the group of consisting of hydrogen;(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; amino; aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl; and anamino acid side chain; wherein each R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ isindependently selected from the group of consisting of hydrogen;(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted(C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl; andan amino acid side chain; and wherein each T is independently selectedfrom the group of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-,alkoxy-, amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy;alkylthio; aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl; and an amino acid side chain; andsalts thereof.
 9. A method according to claim 8 wherein n is less thanabout
 500. 10. A method according to claim 8 wherein n is less thanabout
 50. 11. A method according to claim 8 wherein n is less than about15.
 12. A method according to claim 8 wherein n is selected from thegroup consisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and 15.13. A method according to claim 9 wherein said oligonucleotide analoguecomprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers and wherein the ratio ofHypNA to pPNA monomers in the oligonucleotide analogue is from about 2:1to about 1:3.
 14. A method according to claim 9 wherein saidoligonucleotide analogue comprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers andwherein the ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers in the oligonucleotideanalogue is from about 1:1 to about 1:2.
 15. A method for inhibitinggene expression, comprising administering an oligonucleotide analogue toat least one cell or at least one organism to inhibit expression of atleast one gene that comprises a nucleotide sequence that is at leastpartially complementary to the oligonucleotide analogue, wherein theoligonucleotide analogue comprises the structure:

wherein G is selected from a group consisting of H and is a protectinggroup; wherein E is selected from a group consisting of O—, OH, aprotecting group, and an activating group; wherein n is 1 or greater;wherein each B¹ and B² is independently selected from the groupconsisting of H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, aheterocyclic moiety, and a reporter group, wherein amino groups, ifpresent, are, optionally, protected by amino protecting groups; whereineach R¹², R¹³, R¹⁴, R¹⁵, R¹⁶, and R¹⁷ is independently selected from thegroup of consisting of hydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-,amino-, or alkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy;alkylthio; aryl; aralkyl; heteroaryl; and an amino acid side chain; andwherein each T is independently selected from the group of consisting ofhydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; aryl;aralkyl; heteroaryl; and an amino acid side chain; and salts thereof.16. A method according to claim 15 wherein n is less than about
 500. 17.A method according to claim 15 wherein n is less than about
 50. 18. Amethod according to claim 15 wherein n is less than about
 15. 19. Amethod according to claim 15 wherein n is selected from the groupconsisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and
 15. 20. Amethod according to claim 16 wherein said oligonucleotide analoguecomprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers and wherein the ratio ofHypNA to pPNA monomers in the oligonucleotide analogue is from about 2:1to about 1:3.
 21. A method according to claim 16 wherein saidoligonucleotide analogue comprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers andwherein the ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers in the oligonucleotideanalogue is from about 1:1 to about 1:2.
 22. A method for inhibitinggene expression, comprising administering an oligonucleotide analogue toat least one cell or at least one organism to inhibit expression of atleast one gene that comprises a nucleotide sequence that is at leastpartially complementary to the oligonucleotide analogue, wherein theoligonucleotide analogue comprises the structure:

wherein G is selected from a group consisting of H and is a protectinggroup; wherein E is selected from a group consisting of O—, OH, aprotecting group, and an activating group; wherein n is 1 or greater;wherein each B¹ and B² is independently selected from the groupconsisting of H, a naturally occurring nucleobase, a non-naturallyoccurring nucleobase, an aromatic moiety, a DNA intercalator, aheterocyclic moiety, and a reporter group, wherein amino groups, ifpresent, are, optionally, protected by amino protecting groups; andwherein each T is independently selected from the group of consisting ofhydrogen; (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy-, alkoxy-, amino-, oralkythio-substituted (C₁-C₆)alkyl; hydroxy; alkoxy; alkylthio; aryl;aralkyl; heteroaryl; and an amino acid side chain; and salts thereof.23. A method according to claim 22 wherein n is less than about
 500. 24.A method according to claim 22 wherein n is less than about
 50. 25. Amethod according to claim 22 wherein n is less than about
 15. 26. Amethod according to claim 22 wherein n is selected from the groupconsisting of 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, and
 15. 27. Amethod according to claim 23 wherein said oligonucleotide analoguecomprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers and wherein the ratio ofHypNA to pPNA monomers in the oligonucleotide analogue is from about 2:1to about 1:3.
 28. A method according to claim 23 wherein saidoligonucleotide analogue comprises a ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers andwherein the ratio of HypNA to pPNA monomers in the oligonucleotideanalogue is from about 1:1 to about 1:2.